* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_frob_symbol): Formatting, warning fix.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / ada-lang.c
1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright
2 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GDB.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
19
20 #include <stdio.h>
21 #include "gdb_string.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include <stdarg.h>
24 #include "demangle.h"
25 #include "defs.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "gdbtypes.h"
28 #include "gdbcmd.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "parser-defs.h"
31 #include "language.h"
32 #include "c-lang.h"
33 #include "inferior.h"
34 #include "symfile.h"
35 #include "objfiles.h"
36 #include "breakpoint.h"
37 #include "gdbcore.h"
38 #include "ada-lang.h"
39 #ifdef UI_OUT
40 #include "ui-out.h"
41 #endif
42
43 struct cleanup *unresolved_names;
44
45 void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf);
46
47 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
48
49 static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int);
50
51 static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *);
52
53 static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *);
54
55 static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *);
56
57 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *);
58
59 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *);
60
61 static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *);
62
63 static struct value *desc_data (struct value *);
64
65 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *);
66
67 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *);
68
69 static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int);
70
71 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int);
72
73 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int);
74
75 static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int);
76
77 static int desc_arity (struct type *);
78
79 static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int);
80
81 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int);
82
83 static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *);
84
85 static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *,
86 CORE_ADDR *);
87
88 static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *,
89 CORE_ADDR *);
90
91 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *,
92 namespace_enum, struct objfile *, int);
93
94 static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *);
95
96 static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int);
97
98 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *);
99
100 static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
101 *, const char *, int,
102 namespace_enum, int);
103
104 static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *);
105
106 static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int,
107 struct type *);
108
109 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int,
110 struct symbol *, struct block *);
111
112 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **);
113
114 static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode);
115
116 static int numeric_type_p (struct type *);
117
118 static int integer_type_p (struct type *);
119
120 static int scalar_type_p (struct type *);
121
122 static int discrete_type_p (struct type *);
123
124 static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line,
125 const char *);
126
127 static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *,
128 int *, enum noside);
129
130 static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *);
131
132 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
133
134 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int);
135
136 static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *,
137 CORE_ADDR, struct value *);
138
139 static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *,
140 struct objfile *);
141
142 static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *);
143
144 static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *);
145
146 static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *);
147
148 static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *);
149
150 static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *);
151
152 static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int,
153 struct value **);
154
155 static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long,
156 struct type *);
157
158 static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *);
159
160 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *);
161
162 static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *);
163
164 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
165
166 static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
167
168 static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *,
169 int,
170 struct symbol
171 **, int);
172
173 static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **,
174 int, int *);
175
176 static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int);
177
178 static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int,
179 char ***);
180
181 static void read_all_symtabs (const char *);
182
183 static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int);
184
185 static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *);
186
187 static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *);
188
189 static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *);
190
191 static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, namespace_enum);
192
193 extern void markTimeStart (int index);
194 extern void markTimeStop (int index);
195 \f
196
197
198 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
199 static unsigned int varsize_limit;
200
201 static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters =
202 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
203
204 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */
205 #define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"
206
207 /* Utilities */
208
209 /* extract_string
210 *
211 * read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the
212 * result into BUF
213 */
214 void
215 extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf)
216 {
217 int char_index = 0;
218
219 /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000'
220 end-of-string marker */
221 do
222 {
223 target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char),
224 buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char));
225 char_index++;
226 }
227 while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000');
228 }
229
230 /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
231 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
232 updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */
233
234 void
235 grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size)
236 {
237 if (*size < min_size)
238 {
239 *size *= 2;
240 if (*size < min_size)
241 *size = min_size;
242 *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
243 }
244 }
245
246 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
247 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */
248
249 static int
250 field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target)
251 {
252 int len = strlen (target);
253 return
254 STREQN (field_name, target, len)
255 && (field_name[len] == '\0'
256 || (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3)
257 && !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN")));
258 }
259
260
261 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
262
263 int
264 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name)
265 {
266 if (name == NULL)
267 return 0;
268 else
269 {
270 const char *p = strstr (name, "___");
271 if (p == NULL)
272 return strlen (name);
273 else
274 return p - name;
275 }
276 }
277
278 /* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */
279 static int
280 is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix)
281 {
282 int len1, len2;
283 if (str == NULL)
284 return 0;
285 len1 = strlen (str);
286 len2 = strlen (suffix);
287 return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix));
288 }
289
290 /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it
291 * is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is
292 * ADDRESS. */
293 struct value *
294 value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
295 CORE_ADDR address)
296 {
297 struct value *v = allocate_value (type);
298 if (valaddr == NULL)
299 VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1;
300 else
301 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
302 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address;
303 if (address != 0)
304 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory;
305 return v;
306 }
307
308 /* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a
309 value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
310
311 static struct value *
312 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type)
313 {
314 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
315 if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory)
316 return value_at_lazy (type,
317 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset,
318 NULL);
319 else
320 {
321 struct value *result = allocate_value (type);
322 VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval;
323 if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0)
324 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset,
325 TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))
326 ? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type));
327 else
328 {
329 VALUE_ADDRESS (result) =
330 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset;
331 VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1;
332 }
333 return result;
334 }
335 }
336
337 static char *
338 cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset)
339 {
340 if (valaddr == NULL)
341 return NULL;
342 else
343 return valaddr + offset;
344 }
345
346 static CORE_ADDR
347 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset)
348 {
349 if (address == 0)
350 return 0;
351 else
352 return address + offset;
353 }
354
355 /* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all
356 arguments up to NULL. */
357 static void
358 do_command (const char *arg, ...)
359 {
360 int len;
361 char *cmd;
362 const char *s;
363 va_list ap;
364
365 va_start (ap, arg);
366 len = 0;
367 s = arg;
368 cmd = "";
369 for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *))
370 {
371 char *cmd1;
372 len += strlen (s);
373 cmd1 = alloca (len + 1);
374 strcpy (cmd1, cmd);
375 strcat (cmd1, s);
376 cmd = cmd1;
377 }
378 va_end (ap);
379 execute_command (cmd, 0);
380 }
381 \f
382
383 /* Language Selection */
384
385 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
386 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
387
388 MAIN_PST is not used. */
389
390 enum language
391 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang,
392 struct partial_symtab *main_pst)
393 {
394 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL,
395 (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL)
396 /* return language_ada; */
397 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
398 return language_unknown;
399
400 return lang;
401 }
402 \f
403
404 /* Symbols */
405
406 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair
407 of NULLs. */
408
409 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = {
410 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD},
411 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB},
412 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL},
413 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV},
414 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD},
415 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM},
416 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP},
417 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS},
418 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ},
419 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR},
420 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ},
421 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL},
422 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL},
423 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND},
424 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR},
425 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR},
426 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT},
427 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS},
428 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT},
429 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS},
430 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG},
431 {NULL, NULL}
432 };
433
434 /* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */
435 static int
436 is_suppressed_name (const char *str)
437 {
438 if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5))
439 str += 5;
440 if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000')
441 return 1;
442 else
443 {
444 const char *p;
445 const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___");
446 if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X')
447 return 1;
448 if (suffix == NULL)
449 suffix = str + strlen (str);
450 for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1)
451 if (isupper (*p))
452 {
453 int i;
454 if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_')
455 goto OK;
456 if (*p != 'O')
457 return 1;
458 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
459 if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p,
460 strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled)))
461 goto OK;
462 return 1;
463 OK:;
464 }
465 return 0;
466 }
467 }
468
469 /* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions.
470 * The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */
471 char *
472 ada_mangle (const char *demangled)
473 {
474 static char *mangling_buffer = NULL;
475 static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0;
476 const char *p;
477 int k;
478
479 if (demangled == NULL)
480 return NULL;
481
482 GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size,
483 2 * strlen (demangled) + 10);
484
485 k = 0;
486 for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1)
487 {
488 if (*p == '.')
489 {
490 mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_';
491 k += 2;
492 }
493 else if (*p == '"')
494 {
495 const struct ada_opname_map *mapping;
496
497 for (mapping = ada_opname_table;
498 mapping->mangled != NULL &&
499 !STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled));
500 p += 1)
501 ;
502 if (mapping->mangled == NULL)
503 error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p);
504 strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled);
505 k += strlen (mapping->mangled);
506 break;
507 }
508 else
509 {
510 mangling_buffer[k] = *p;
511 k += 1;
512 }
513 }
514
515 mangling_buffer[k] = '\0';
516 return mangling_buffer;
517 }
518
519 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
520 * quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
521 * to next call. */
522 char *
523 ada_fold_name (const char *name)
524 {
525 static char *fold_buffer = NULL;
526 static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0;
527
528 int len = strlen (name);
529 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1);
530
531 if (name[0] == '\'')
532 {
533 strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2);
534 fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000';
535 }
536 else
537 {
538 int i;
539 for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1)
540 fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]);
541 }
542
543 return fold_buffer;
544 }
545
546 /* Demangle:
547 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
548 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
549 3. Discard leading _ada_.
550 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols.
551 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by
552 'X'.
553 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing.
554 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
555 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies).
556 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.
557 */
558
559 char *
560 ada_demangle (const char *mangled)
561 {
562 int i, j;
563 int len0;
564 const char *p;
565 char *demangled;
566 int at_start_name;
567 static char *demangling_buffer = NULL;
568 static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0;
569
570 if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5))
571 mangled += 5;
572
573 if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
574 goto Suppress;
575
576 p = strstr (mangled, "___");
577 if (p == NULL)
578 len0 = strlen (mangled);
579 else
580 {
581 if (p[3] == 'X')
582 len0 = p - mangled;
583 else
584 goto Suppress;
585 }
586 if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB"))
587 len0 -= 3;
588 if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B"))
589 len0 -= 1;
590
591 /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
592 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1);
593 demangled = demangling_buffer;
594
595 if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1]))
596 {
597 for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1)
598 ;
599 if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
600 len0 = i - 1;
601 else if (mangled[i] == '$')
602 len0 = i;
603 }
604
605 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1)
606 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
607
608 at_start_name = 1;
609 while (i < len0)
610 {
611 if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O')
612 {
613 int k;
614 for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1)
615 {
616 int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled);
617 if (STREQN
618 (ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1,
619 op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len]))
620 {
621 strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
622 at_start_name = 0;
623 i += op_len;
624 j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
625 break;
626 }
627 }
628 if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL)
629 continue;
630 }
631 at_start_name = 0;
632
633 if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4))
634 i += 2;
635 if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1]))
636 {
637 do
638 i += 1;
639 while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n'));
640 if (i < len0)
641 goto Suppress;
642 }
643 else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
644 {
645 demangled[j] = '.';
646 at_start_name = 1;
647 i += 2;
648 j += 1;
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
653 i += 1;
654 j += 1;
655 }
656 }
657 demangled[j] = '\000';
658
659 for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
660 if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
661 goto Suppress;
662
663 return demangled;
664
665 Suppress:
666 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3);
667 demangled = demangling_buffer;
668 if (mangled[0] == '<')
669 strcpy (demangled, mangled);
670 else
671 sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
672 return demangled;
673
674 }
675
676 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
677 * suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
678 * SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
679 * information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
680 * suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
681 * either argument is NULL. */
682
683 int
684 ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild)
685 {
686 if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL)
687 return 0;
688 else if (wild)
689 return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name);
690 else
691 {
692 int len_name = strlen (name);
693 return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name)
694 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name))
695 || (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5)
696 && STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name)
697 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be
702 suppressed in info listings. */
703
704 int
705 ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym)
706 {
707 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE)
708 return 1;
709 else
710 return is_suppressed_name (SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
711 }
712 \f
713
714 /* Arrays */
715
716 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of
717 array descriptors. */
718
719 static char *bound_name[] = {
720 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
721 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
722 };
723
724 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
725
726 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*)))
727
728 /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
729
730 static void
731 modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize)
732 {
733 modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)),
734 fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize);
735 }
736
737
738 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
739 (fat pointers). */
740
741 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
742 level of indirection, if needed. */
743 static struct type *
744 desc_base_type (struct type *type)
745 {
746 if (type == NULL)
747 return NULL;
748 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
749 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
750 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
751 else
752 return type;
753 }
754
755 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
756 static int
757 is_thin_pntr (struct type *type)
758 {
759 return
760 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT")
761 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE");
762 }
763
764 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
765 static struct type *
766 thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type)
767 {
768 struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type);
769 if (base_type == NULL)
770 return NULL;
771 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE"))
772 return base_type;
773 else
774 {
775 struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE");
776 if (alt_type == NULL)
777 return base_type;
778 else
779 return alt_type;
780 }
781 }
782
783 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
784 static struct value *
785 thin_data_pntr (struct value *val)
786 {
787 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val);
788 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
789 return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
790 value_copy (val));
791 else
792 return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
793 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val));
794 }
795
796 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
797 static int
798 is_thick_pntr (struct type *type)
799 {
800 type = desc_base_type (type);
801 return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
802 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL);
803 }
804
805 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
806 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
807 static struct type *
808 desc_bounds_type (struct type *type)
809 {
810 struct type *r;
811
812 type = desc_base_type (type);
813
814 if (type == NULL)
815 return NULL;
816 else if (is_thin_pntr (type))
817 {
818 type = thin_descriptor_type (type);
819 if (type == NULL)
820 return NULL;
821 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1);
822 if (r != NULL)
823 return check_typedef (r);
824 }
825 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
826 {
827 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
828 if (r != NULL)
829 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r)));
830 }
831 return NULL;
832 }
833
834 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
835 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
836 static struct value *
837 desc_bounds (struct value *arr)
838 {
839 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
840 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
841 {
842 struct type *bounds_type =
843 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type));
844 LONGEST addr;
845
846 if (desc_bounds_type == NULL)
847 error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor");
848
849 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
850 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
851 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
852 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
853 addr = value_as_long (arr);
854 else
855 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr);
856
857 return
858 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type),
859 addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type));
860 }
861
862 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
863 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL,
864 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
865 else
866 return NULL;
867 }
868
869 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
870 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
871 static int
872 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type)
873 {
874 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1);
875 }
876
877 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
878 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
879 static int
880 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type)
881 {
882 type = desc_base_type (type);
883
884 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0)
885 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1);
886 else
887 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1)));
888 }
889
890 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
891 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a
892 pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use
893 ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */
894 static struct type *
895 desc_data_type (struct type *type)
896 {
897 type = desc_base_type (type);
898
899 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
900 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
901 return lookup_pointer_type
902 (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)));
903 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
904 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1);
905 else
906 return NULL;
907 }
908
909 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
910 its array data. */
911 static struct value *
912 desc_data (struct value *arr)
913 {
914 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
915 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
916 return thin_data_pntr (arr);
917 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
918 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL,
919 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
920 else
921 return NULL;
922 }
923
924
925 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
926 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
927 static int
928 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type)
929 {
930 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0);
931 }
932
933 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
934 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
935 static int
936 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type)
937 {
938 type = desc_base_type (type);
939
940 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0)
941 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0);
942 else
943 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
944 }
945
946 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
947 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
948 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
949 static struct value *
950 desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which)
951 {
952 return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL,
953 "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds");
954 }
955
956 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
957 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
958 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
959 static int
960 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which)
961 {
962 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2);
963 }
964
965 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
966 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
967 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
968 static int
969 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which)
970 {
971 type = desc_base_type (type);
972
973 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0)
974 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2);
975 else
976 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2));
977 }
978
979 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
980 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
981 static struct type *
982 desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i)
983 {
984 type = desc_base_type (type);
985
986 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
987 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1);
988 else
989 return NULL;
990 }
991
992 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0
993 if TYPE is NULL. */
994 static int
995 desc_arity (struct type *type)
996 {
997 type = desc_base_type (type);
998
999 if (type != NULL)
1000 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2;
1001 return 0;
1002 }
1003
1004
1005 /* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */
1006 int
1007 ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type)
1008 {
1009 if (type == NULL)
1010 return 0;
1011 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1012 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1013 || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1014 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY));
1015 }
1016
1017 /* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1018 int
1019 ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1020 {
1021 struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type);
1022
1023 if (type == NULL)
1024 return 0;
1025 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1026 return
1027 data_type != NULL
1028 && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1029 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL
1030 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1031 ||
1032 TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1033 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1037 descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1038 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1039 is still needed. */
1040 int
1041 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1042 {
1043 return
1044 type != NULL
1045 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1046 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1047 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL)
1048 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type);
1049 }
1050
1051
1052 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1053 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1054 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1055 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1056 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1057 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1058 a descriptor. */
1059 struct type *
1060 ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
1061 {
1062 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1063 return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1064
1065 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1066 return VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1067
1068 if (!bounds)
1069 return
1070 check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))));
1071 else
1072 {
1073 struct type *elt_type;
1074 int arity;
1075 struct value *descriptor;
1076 struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1077
1078 elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1);
1079 arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1080
1081 if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0)
1082 return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1083
1084 descriptor = desc_bounds (arr);
1085 if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0)
1086 return NULL;
1087 while (arity > 0)
1088 {
1089 struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf);
1090 struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf);
1091 struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0);
1092 struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1);
1093 arity -= 1;
1094
1095 create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low),
1096 (int) value_as_long (low),
1097 (int) value_as_long (high));
1098 elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type);
1099 }
1100
1101 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type);
1102 }
1103 }
1104
1105 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1106 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1107 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1108 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1109 struct value *
1110 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr)
1111 {
1112 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1113 {
1114 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1);
1115 if (arrType == NULL)
1116 return NULL;
1117 return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr)));
1118 }
1119 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1120 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1121 else
1122 return arr;
1123 }
1124
1125 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1126 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1127 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1128 struct value *
1129 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr)
1130 {
1131 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1132 {
1133 struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr);
1134 if (arrVal == NULL)
1135 error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.");
1136 return value_ind (arrVal);
1137 }
1138 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1139 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1140 else
1141 return arr;
1142 }
1143
1144 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1145 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1146 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1147 struct type *
1148 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type)
1149 {
1150 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1151 struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0);
1152 struct type *result;
1153 VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type;
1154 result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0);
1155 value_free_to_mark (dummy);
1156 return result;
1157 }
1158
1159 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1160 int
1161 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1162 {
1163 if (type == NULL)
1164 return 0;
1165 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1166 return
1167 ada_type_name (type) != NULL
1168 && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL;
1169 }
1170
1171 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1172 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1173 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1174 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1175 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1176 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1177 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1178 in bits. */
1179 static struct type *
1180 packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits)
1181 {
1182 struct type *new_elt_type;
1183 struct type *new_type;
1184 LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
1185
1186 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1187 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1188 return type;
1189
1190 new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
1191 new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1192 elt_bits);
1193 create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1194 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits;
1195 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type);
1196
1197 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
1198 &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0)
1199 low_bound = high_bound = 0;
1200 if (high_bound < low_bound)
1201 *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0;
1202 else
1203 {
1204 *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1);
1205 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) =
1206 (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
1210 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
1211 return new_type;
1212 }
1213
1214 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE).
1215 */
1216 static struct type *
1217 decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1218 {
1219 struct symbol **syms;
1220 struct block **blocks;
1221 const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type));
1222 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1);
1223 char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP");
1224 struct type *shadow_type;
1225 long bits;
1226 int i, n;
1227
1228 memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name);
1229 name[tail - raw_name] = '\000';
1230
1231 /* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions
1232 * of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */
1233 n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL),
1234 VAR_NAMESPACE, &syms, &blocks);
1235 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
1236 if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF
1237 && STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))))
1238 break;
1239 if (i >= n)
1240 {
1241 warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array");
1242 return NULL;
1243 }
1244 shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]);
1245
1246 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1247 {
1248 warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array");
1249 return NULL;
1250 }
1251
1252 if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1)
1253 {
1254 warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array");
1255 return NULL;
1256 }
1257
1258 return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array,
1262 returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
1263 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
1264 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
1265 type length is set appropriately. */
1266
1267 static struct value *
1268 decode_packed_array (struct value *arr)
1269 {
1270 struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1271
1272 if (type == NULL)
1273 {
1274 error ("can't unpack array");
1275 return NULL;
1276 }
1277 else
1278 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type);
1279 }
1280
1281
1282 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
1283 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
1284
1285 static struct value *
1286 value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1287 {
1288 int i;
1289 int bits, elt_off, bit_off;
1290 long elt_total_bit_offset;
1291 struct type *elt_type;
1292 struct value *v;
1293
1294 bits = 0;
1295 elt_total_bit_offset = 0;
1296 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1297 for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1)
1298 {
1299 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1300 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0)
1301 error
1302 ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array");
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type);
1306 LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound;
1307 LONGEST idx;
1308
1309 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0)
1310 {
1311 warning ("don't know bounds of array");
1312 lowerbound = upperbound = 0;
1313 }
1314
1315 idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i]));
1316 if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound)
1317 warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx);
1318 bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0);
1319 elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits;
1320 elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type));
1321 }
1322 }
1323 elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1324 bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1325
1326 v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off,
1327 bits, elt_type);
1328 if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar)
1329 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1330 else
1331 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr);
1332 return v;
1333 }
1334
1335 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
1336
1337 static int
1338 has_negatives (struct type *type)
1339 {
1340 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1341 {
1342 default:
1343 return 0;
1344 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
1345 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
1346 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
1347 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0;
1348 }
1349 }
1350
1351
1352 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
1353 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
1354 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
1355 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ
1356 may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the
1357 start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned
1358 in this case is never an lval.
1359 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
1360
1361 struct value *
1362 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset,
1363 int bit_offset, int bit_size,
1364 struct type *type)
1365 {
1366 struct value *v;
1367 int src, /* Index into the source area. */
1368 targ, /* Index into the target area. */
1369 i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */
1370 nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */
1371 unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant
1372 * byte of source that are unused. */
1373 accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
1374 unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */
1375 unsigned char *unpacked;
1376 unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
1377 unsigned char sign;
1378 int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8;
1379 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the
1380 * direction the indices move. */
1381 int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1;
1382
1383 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1384
1385 if (obj == NULL)
1386 {
1387 v = allocate_value (type);
1388 bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset);
1389 }
1390 else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj))
1391 {
1392 v = value_at (type,
1393 VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL);
1394 bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len);
1395 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len);
1396 }
1397 else
1398 {
1399 v = allocate_value (type);
1400 bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset;
1401 }
1402
1403 if (obj != NULL)
1404 {
1405 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj);
1406 if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar)
1407 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1408 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset;
1409 VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj);
1410 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1411 if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1412 {
1413 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1;
1414 VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1415 }
1416 }
1417 else
1418 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1419 unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v);
1420
1421 srcBitsLeft = bit_size;
1422 nsrc = len;
1423 ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
1424 sign = 0;
1425 if (bit_size == 0)
1426 {
1427 memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1428 return v;
1429 }
1430 else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1431 {
1432 src = len - 1;
1433 if (has_negatives (type) &&
1434 ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1))))
1435 sign = ~0;
1436
1437 unusedLS =
1438 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1439 % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1440
1441 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1442 {
1443 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
1444 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
1445 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
1446 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */
1447 accumSize =
1448 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1449 /* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
1450 * of the target. */
1451 targ = src;
1452 break;
1453 default:
1454 accumSize = 0;
1455 targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1;
1456 break;
1457 }
1458 }
1459 else
1460 {
1461 int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8;
1462
1463 src = targ = 0;
1464 unusedLS = bit_offset;
1465 accumSize = 0;
1466
1467 if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset)))
1468 sign = ~0;
1469 }
1470
1471 accum = 0;
1472 while (nsrc > 0)
1473 {
1474 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
1475 * part of the value. */
1476 unsigned int unusedMSMask =
1477 (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) -
1478 1;
1479 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
1480 unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask;
1481 accum |=
1482 (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize;
1483 accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1484 if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1485 {
1486 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1487 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1488 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1489 ntarg -= 1;
1490 targ += delta;
1491 }
1492 srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1493 unusedLS = 0;
1494 nsrc -= 1;
1495 src += delta;
1496 }
1497 while (ntarg > 0)
1498 {
1499 accum |= sign << accumSize;
1500 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1501 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1502 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1503 ntarg -= 1;
1504 targ += delta;
1505 }
1506
1507 return v;
1508 }
1509
1510 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
1511 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
1512 not overlap. */
1513 static void
1514 move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n)
1515 {
1516 unsigned int accum, mask;
1517 int accum_bits, chunk_size;
1518
1519 target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1520 targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1521 source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1522 src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1523 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1524 {
1525 accum = (unsigned char) *source;
1526 source += 1;
1527 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1528
1529 while (n > 0)
1530 {
1531 int unused_right;
1532 accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source;
1533 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1534 source += 1;
1535 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1536 if (chunk_size > n)
1537 chunk_size = n;
1538 unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset);
1539 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right;
1540 *target =
1541 (*target & ~mask)
1542 | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask);
1543 n -= chunk_size;
1544 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1545 target += 1;
1546 targ_offset = 0;
1547 }
1548 }
1549 else
1550 {
1551 accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset;
1552 source += 1;
1553 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1554
1555 while (n > 0)
1556 {
1557 accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits);
1558 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1559 source += 1;
1560 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1561 if (chunk_size > n)
1562 chunk_size = n;
1563 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset;
1564 *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask);
1565 n -= chunk_size;
1566 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1567 accum >>= chunk_size;
1568 target += 1;
1569 targ_offset = 0;
1570 }
1571 }
1572 }
1573
1574
1575 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
1576 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
1577 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
1578 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
1579
1580 static struct value *
1581 ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
1582 {
1583 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval);
1584 int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval);
1585
1586 if (!toval->modifiable)
1587 error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.");
1588
1589 COERCE_REF (toval);
1590
1591 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory
1592 && bits > 0
1593 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
1594 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT))
1595 {
1596 int len =
1597 (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1598 char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
1599 struct value *val;
1600
1601 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
1602 fromval = value_cast (type, fromval);
1603
1604 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len);
1605 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1606 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval),
1607 VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1608 TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT -
1609 bits, bits);
1610 else
1611 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1612 0, bits);
1613 write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer,
1614 len);
1615
1616 val = value_copy (toval);
1617 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1618 TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1619 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
1620
1621 return val;
1622 }
1623
1624 return value_assign (toval, fromval);
1625 }
1626
1627
1628 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
1629 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
1630 thereto. */
1631
1632 struct value *
1633 ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1634 {
1635 int k;
1636 struct value *elt;
1637 struct type *elt_type;
1638
1639 elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr);
1640
1641 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt));
1642 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1643 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0)
1644 return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind);
1645
1646 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1647 {
1648 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1649 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1650 elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k]));
1651 }
1652 return elt;
1653 }
1654
1655 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
1656 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
1657 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
1658
1659 struct value *
1660 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity,
1661 struct value **ind)
1662 {
1663 int k;
1664
1665 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1666 {
1667 LONGEST lwb, upb;
1668 struct value *idx;
1669
1670 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1671 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1672 arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1673 value_copy (arr));
1674 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb);
1675 if (lwb == 0)
1676 idx = ind[k];
1677 else
1678 idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb));
1679 arr = value_add (arr, idx);
1680 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1681 }
1682
1683 return value_ind (arr);
1684 }
1685
1686 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1687 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
1688 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
1689 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
1690
1691 int
1692 ada_array_arity (struct type *type)
1693 {
1694 int arity;
1695
1696 if (type == NULL)
1697 return 0;
1698
1699 type = desc_base_type (type);
1700
1701 arity = 0;
1702 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1703 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type));
1704 else
1705 while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1706 {
1707 arity += 1;
1708 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
1709 }
1710
1711 return arity;
1712 }
1713
1714 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1715 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
1716 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
1717 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
1718
1719 struct type *
1720 ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices)
1721 {
1722 type = desc_base_type (type);
1723
1724 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1725 {
1726 int k;
1727 struct type *p_array_type;
1728
1729 p_array_type = desc_data_type (type);
1730
1731 k = ada_array_arity (type);
1732 if (k == 0)
1733 return NULL;
1734
1735 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */
1736 if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices)
1737 k = nindices;
1738 p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type);
1739 while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL)
1740 {
1741 p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type));
1742 k -= 1;
1743 }
1744 return p_array_type;
1745 }
1746 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1747 {
1748 while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1749 {
1750 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1751 nindices -= 1;
1752 }
1753 return type;
1754 }
1755
1756 return NULL;
1757 }
1758
1759 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does
1760 not examine memory. */
1761
1762 struct type *
1763 ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n)
1764 {
1765 type = desc_base_type (type);
1766
1767 if (n > ada_array_arity (type))
1768 return NULL;
1769
1770 if (ada_is_simple_array (type))
1771 {
1772 int i;
1773
1774 for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1)
1775 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1776
1777 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1778 }
1779 else
1780 return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n);
1781 }
1782
1783 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
1784 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
1785 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
1786 array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the
1787 bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by
1788 run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1789
1790 LONGEST
1791 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which,
1792 struct type ** typep)
1793 {
1794 struct type *type;
1795 struct type *index_type_desc;
1796
1797 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1798 arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type);
1799
1800 if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1801 {
1802 if (typep != NULL)
1803 *typep = builtin_type_int;
1804 return (LONGEST) - which;
1805 }
1806
1807 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
1808 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type);
1809 else
1810 type = arr_type;
1811
1812 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA");
1813 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
1814 {
1815 struct type *range_type;
1816 struct type *index_type;
1817
1818 while (n > 1)
1819 {
1820 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1821 n -= 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type);
1825 index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type);
1826 if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
1827 index_type = builtin_type_long;
1828 if (typep != NULL)
1829 *typep = index_type;
1830 return
1831 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1832 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)
1833 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
1834 }
1835 else
1836 {
1837 struct type *index_type =
1838 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1),
1839 NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type));
1840 if (typep != NULL)
1841 *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type);
1842 return
1843 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1844 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type)
1845 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type));
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
1850 nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if
1851 which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1852 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1853
1854 struct value *
1855 ada_array_bound (arr, n, which)
1856 struct value *arr;
1857 int n;
1858 int which;
1859 {
1860 struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1861
1862 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1863 return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which);
1864 else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1865 {
1866 struct type *type;
1867 LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type);
1868 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1869 }
1870 else
1871 return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
1875 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1876 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not
1877 work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
1878 clauses at the moment. */
1879
1880 struct value *
1881 ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n)
1882 {
1883 struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1884 struct type *index_type_desc;
1885
1886 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1887 return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n);
1888
1889 if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1890 {
1891 struct type *type;
1892 LONGEST v =
1893 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) -
1894 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1;
1895 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1896 }
1897 else
1898 return
1899 value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
1900 value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1901 n, 1))
1902 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1903 n, 0)) + 1);
1904 }
1905 \f
1906
1907 /* Name resolution */
1908
1909 /* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
1910 to op. */
1911
1912 static const char *
1913 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op)
1914 {
1915 int i;
1916
1917 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
1918 {
1919 if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op)
1920 return ada_opname_table[i].demangled;
1921 }
1922 error ("Could not find operator name for opcode");
1923 }
1924
1925
1926 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
1927 references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are
1928 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
1929 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
1930 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
1931 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
1932 return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list
1933 of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed.
1934 May change (expand) *EXP. */
1935
1936 void
1937 ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type)
1938 {
1939 int pc;
1940 pc = 0;
1941 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type);
1942 }
1943
1944 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
1945 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
1946 OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing
1947 built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators,
1948 where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting
1949 function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand
1950 EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */
1951
1952 static struct value *
1953 ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p,
1954 struct type *context_type)
1955 {
1956 int pc = *pos;
1957 int i;
1958 struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */
1959 enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode;
1960 struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
1961 int nargs; /* Number of operands */
1962
1963 argvec = NULL;
1964 nargs = 0;
1965 exp = *expp;
1966
1967 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */
1968 switch (op)
1969 {
1970 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
1971 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */
1972 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1973 *pos += 4;
1974 break;
1975
1976 case OP_FUNCALL:
1977 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
1978 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1979 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
1980 {
1981 *pos += 7;
1982
1983 argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1));
1984 for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1)
1985 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1986 argvec[i] = NULL;
1987 }
1988 else
1989 {
1990 *pos += 3;
1991 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
1992 for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1)
1993 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1994 }
1995 */
1996 exp = *expp;
1997 break;
1998
1999 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
2000 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
2001 nargs = 1;
2002 *pos += 3;
2003 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type);
2004 exp = *expp;
2005 break;
2006 */
2007 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
2008 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
2009 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
2010 *pos += 4;
2011 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2012 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2013 exp = *expp;
2014 break;
2015 */
2016 case UNOP_ADDR:
2017 nargs = 1;
2018 *pos += 1;
2019 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2020 exp = *expp;
2021 break;
2022
2023 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
2024 {
2025 struct value *arg1;
2026 nargs = 2;
2027 *pos += 1;
2028 arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2029 if (arg1 == NULL)
2030 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2031 else
2032 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
2033 break;
2034 }
2035
2036 default:
2037 switch (op)
2038 {
2039 default:
2040 error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution");
2041 case UNOP_CAST:
2042 /* case UNOP_MBR:
2043 nargs = 1;
2044 *pos += 3;
2045 break;
2046 */
2047 case BINOP_ADD:
2048 case BINOP_SUB:
2049 case BINOP_MUL:
2050 case BINOP_DIV:
2051 case BINOP_REM:
2052 case BINOP_MOD:
2053 case BINOP_EXP:
2054 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2055 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
2056 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
2057 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2058 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2059 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2060
2061 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2062 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2063 case BINOP_LESS:
2064 case BINOP_GTR:
2065 case BINOP_LEQ:
2066 case BINOP_GEQ:
2067
2068 case BINOP_REPEAT:
2069 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT:
2070 case BINOP_COMMA:
2071 nargs = 2;
2072 *pos += 1;
2073 break;
2074
2075 case UNOP_NEG:
2076 case UNOP_PLUS:
2077 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2078 case UNOP_ABS:
2079 case UNOP_IND:
2080 nargs = 1;
2081 *pos += 1;
2082 break;
2083
2084 case OP_LONG:
2085 case OP_DOUBLE:
2086 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2087 *pos += 4;
2088 break;
2089
2090 case OP_TYPE:
2091 case OP_BOOL:
2092 case OP_LAST:
2093 case OP_REGISTER:
2094 case OP_INTERNALVAR:
2095 *pos += 3;
2096 break;
2097
2098 case UNOP_MEMVAL:
2099 *pos += 3;
2100 nargs = 1;
2101 break;
2102
2103 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
2104 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
2105 nargs = 1;
2106 *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1);
2107 break;
2108
2109 case OP_ARRAY:
2110 *pos += 4;
2111 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1;
2112 nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
2113 /* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */
2114 /* if (nargs == 0)
2115 nargs = 1;
2116 break; */
2117
2118 case TERNOP_SLICE:
2119 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2120 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
2121 *pos += 1;
2122 nargs = 3;
2123 break;
2124 */
2125 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2126 /* case BINOP_MBR:
2127 *pos += 3;
2128 nargs = 2;
2129 break; */
2130 }
2131
2132 argvec =
2133 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
2134 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2135 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2136 argvec[i] = NULL;
2137 exp = *expp;
2138 break;
2139 }
2140
2141 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
2142 switch (op)
2143 {
2144 default:
2145 break;
2146
2147 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2148 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
2149 {
2150 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2151 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2152 int n_candidates;
2153
2154 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name,
2155 exp->elts[pc + 1].block,
2156 VAR_NAMESPACE,
2157 &candidate_syms,
2158 &candidate_blocks);
2159
2160 if (n_candidates > 1)
2161 { */
2162 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
2163 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
2164 out all types. *//*
2165 int j;
2166 for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1)
2167 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]))
2168 {
2169 case LOC_REGISTER:
2170 case LOC_ARG:
2171 case LOC_REF_ARG:
2172 case LOC_REGPARM:
2173 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
2174 case LOC_LOCAL:
2175 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
2176 case LOC_BASEREG:
2177 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
2178 goto FoundNonType;
2179 default:
2180 break;
2181 }
2182 FoundNonType:
2183 if (j < n_candidates)
2184 {
2185 j = 0;
2186 while (j < n_candidates)
2187 {
2188 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
2189 {
2190 candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1];
2191 candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1];
2192 n_candidates -= 1;
2193 }
2194 else
2195 j += 1;
2196 }
2197 }
2198 }
2199
2200 if (n_candidates == 0)
2201 error ("No definition found for %s",
2202 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2203 else if (n_candidates == 1)
2204 i = 0;
2205 else if (deprocedure_p
2206 && ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates))
2207 {
2208 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2209 n_candidates, NULL, 0,
2210 exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type);
2211 if (i < 0)
2212 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2213 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2214 }
2215 else
2216 {
2217 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n",
2218 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name));
2219 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2220 n_candidates, 1);
2221 i = 0;
2222 }
2223
2224 exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2225 exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2226 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2227 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2228 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2229 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2230 } */
2231 /* FALL THROUGH */
2232
2233 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2234 if (deprocedure_p &&
2235 TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) ==
2236 TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2237 {
2238 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0,
2239 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol,
2240 exp->elts[pc + 1].block);
2241 exp = *expp;
2242 }
2243 break;
2244
2245 case OP_FUNCALL:
2246 {
2247 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2248 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
2249 {
2250 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2251 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2252 int n_candidates;
2253
2254 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name,
2255 exp->elts[pc + 4].block,
2256 VAR_NAMESPACE,
2257 &candidate_syms,
2258 &candidate_blocks);
2259 if (n_candidates == 1)
2260 i = 0;
2261 else
2262 {
2263 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2264 n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1,
2265 exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type);
2266 if (i < 0)
2267 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2268 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
2269 }
2270
2271 exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2272 exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2273 exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2274 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2275 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2276 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2277 } */
2278
2279 }
2280 break;
2281 case BINOP_ADD:
2282 case BINOP_SUB:
2283 case BINOP_MUL:
2284 case BINOP_DIV:
2285 case BINOP_REM:
2286 case BINOP_MOD:
2287 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2288 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2289 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2290 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2291 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2292 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2293 case BINOP_LESS:
2294 case BINOP_GTR:
2295 case BINOP_LEQ:
2296 case BINOP_GEQ:
2297 case BINOP_EXP:
2298 case UNOP_NEG:
2299 case UNOP_PLUS:
2300 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2301 case UNOP_ABS:
2302 if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec))
2303 {
2304 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
2305 struct block **candidate_blocks;
2306 int n_candidates;
2307
2308 n_candidates =
2309 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)),
2310 (struct block *) NULL, VAR_NAMESPACE,
2311 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
2312 i =
2313 ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2314 n_candidates, argvec, nargs,
2315 ada_op_name (op), NULL);
2316 if (i < 0)
2317 break;
2318
2319 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1,
2320 candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]);
2321 exp = *expp;
2322 }
2323 break;
2324 }
2325
2326 *pos = pc;
2327 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos);
2328 }
2329
2330 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
2331 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
2332 a non-pointer. */
2333 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
2334 liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */
2335
2336 static int
2337 ada_type_match (ftype, atype, may_deref)
2338 struct type *ftype;
2339 struct type *atype;
2340 int may_deref;
2341 {
2342 CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype);
2343 CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype);
2344
2345 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2346 ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype);
2347 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2348 atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype);
2349
2350 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
2351 || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
2352 return 1;
2353
2354 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype))
2355 {
2356 default:
2357 return 1;
2358 case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
2359 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
2360 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype),
2361 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0);
2362 else
2363 return (may_deref &&
2364 ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0));
2365 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2366 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2367 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2368 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype))
2369 {
2370 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2371 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2372 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2373 return 1;
2374 default:
2375 return 0;
2376 }
2377
2378 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
2379 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2380 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2381
2382 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
2383 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype))
2384 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2385 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2386 else
2387 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2388 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2389
2390 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
2391 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2392 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype));
2393 }
2394 }
2395
2396 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
2397 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
2398 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
2399 argument function. */
2400
2401 static int
2402 ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals)
2403 {
2404 int i;
2405 struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func);
2406
2407 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST &&
2408 TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2409 return (n_actuals == 0);
2410 else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2411 return 0;
2412
2413 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals)
2414 return 0;
2415
2416 for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1)
2417 {
2418 struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i));
2419 struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]));
2420
2421 if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i),
2422 VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1))
2423 return 0;
2424 }
2425 return 1;
2426 }
2427
2428 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
2429 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
2430 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
2431 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
2432
2433 static int
2434 return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type)
2435 {
2436 struct type *return_type;
2437
2438 if (func_type == NULL)
2439 return 1;
2440
2441 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2442 /* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2443 return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type));
2444 else
2445 return_type = base_type (func_type); */
2446 if (return_type == NULL)
2447 return 1;
2448
2449 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2450 /* context_type = base_type (context_type); */
2451
2452 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2453 return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type;
2454 else if (context_type == NULL)
2455 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID;
2456 else
2457 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type);
2458 }
2459
2460
2461 /* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the
2462 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
2463 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match
2464 that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If
2465 CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function.
2466 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
2467 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
2468 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
2469 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS
2470 is modified in parallel to SYMS. */
2471
2472 int
2473 ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[],
2474 int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs,
2475 const char *name, struct type *context_type)
2476 {
2477 int k;
2478 int m; /* Number of hits */
2479 struct type *fallback;
2480 struct type *return_type;
2481
2482 return_type = context_type;
2483 if (context_type == NULL)
2484 fallback = builtin_type_void;
2485 else
2486 fallback = NULL;
2487
2488 m = 0;
2489 while (1)
2490 {
2491 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
2492 {
2493 struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]));
2494
2495 if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs)
2496 && return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type))
2497 {
2498 syms[m] = syms[k];
2499 if (blocks != NULL)
2500 blocks[m] = blocks[k];
2501 m += 1;
2502 }
2503 }
2504 if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback)
2505 break;
2506 else
2507 return_type = fallback;
2508 }
2509
2510 if (m == 0)
2511 return -1;
2512 else if (m > 1)
2513 {
2514 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name);
2515 user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1);
2516 return 0;
2517 }
2518 return 0;
2519 }
2520
2521 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */
2522 /* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */
2523 /* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */
2524 /* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */
2525 /* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
2526 static int
2527 mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1)
2528 {
2529 if (N1 == NULL)
2530 return 0;
2531 else if (N0 == NULL)
2532 return 1;
2533 else
2534 {
2535 int k0, k1;
2536 for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1)
2537 ;
2538 for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1)
2539 ;
2540 if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000'
2541 && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000')
2542 {
2543 int n0, n1;
2544 n0 = k0;
2545 while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_')
2546 n0 -= 1;
2547 n1 = k1;
2548 while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_')
2549 n1 -= 1;
2550 if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0))
2551 return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1));
2552 }
2553 return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0);
2554 }
2555 }
2556
2557 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */
2558 /* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */
2559 /* permutation. */
2560 static void
2561 sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms)
2562 {
2563 int i, j;
2564 for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2565 {
2566 struct symbol *sym = syms[i];
2567 struct block *block = blocks[i];
2568 int j;
2569
2570 for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
2571 {
2572 if (mangled_ordered_before (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]),
2573 SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
2574 break;
2575 syms[j + 1] = syms[j];
2576 blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j];
2577 }
2578 syms[j + 1] = sym;
2579 blocks[j + 1] = block;
2580 }
2581 }
2582
2583 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */
2584 /* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */
2585 /* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */
2586 /* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */
2587 /* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */
2588 /* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */
2589
2590 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
2591 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
2592
2593 int
2594 user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms,
2595 int max_results)
2596 {
2597 int i;
2598 int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms);
2599 int n_chosen;
2600 int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2;
2601
2602 if (max_results < 1)
2603 error ("Request to select 0 symbols!");
2604 if (nsyms <= 1)
2605 return nsyms;
2606
2607 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
2608 if (max_results > 1)
2609 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
2610
2611 sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms);
2612
2613 for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2614 {
2615 if (syms[i] == NULL)
2616 continue;
2617
2618 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
2619 {
2620 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1);
2621 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2622 i + first_choice,
2623 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
2624 sal.symtab == NULL
2625 ? "<no source file available>"
2626 : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line);
2627 continue;
2628 }
2629 else
2630 {
2631 int is_enumeral =
2632 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST
2633 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL
2634 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
2635 struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]);
2636
2637 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL)
2638 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2639 i + first_choice,
2640 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
2641 symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]));
2642 else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL)
2643 {
2644 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice);
2645 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0);
2646 printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n",
2647 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]));
2648 }
2649 else if (symtab != NULL)
2650 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2651 ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n"
2652 : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n",
2653 i + first_choice,
2654 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
2655 symtab->filename);
2656 else
2657 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2658 ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n"
2659 : "[%d] %s at ?\n",
2660 i + first_choice,
2661 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]));
2662 }
2663 }
2664
2665 n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1,
2666 "overload-choice");
2667
2668 for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1)
2669 {
2670 syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]];
2671 if (blocks != NULL)
2672 blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]];
2673 }
2674
2675 return n_chosen;
2676 }
2677
2678 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
2679 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
2680 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
2681
2682 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
2683 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
2684
2685 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
2686 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
2687 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
2688
2689 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
2690
2691 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
2692 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
2693
2694 int
2695 get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results,
2696 int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix)
2697 {
2698 int i;
2699 char *args;
2700 const char *prompt;
2701 int n_chosen;
2702 int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1;
2703
2704 prompt = getenv ("PS2");
2705 if (prompt == NULL)
2706 prompt = ">";
2707
2708 printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt);
2709 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
2710
2711 args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix);
2712
2713 if (args == NULL)
2714 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2715
2716 n_chosen = 0;
2717
2718 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
2719 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
2720 while (1)
2721 {
2722 char *args2;
2723 int choice, j;
2724
2725 while (isspace (*args))
2726 args += 1;
2727 if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0)
2728 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2729 else if (*args == '\0')
2730 break;
2731
2732 choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10);
2733 if (args == args2 || choice < 0
2734 || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1)
2735 error ("Argument must be choice number");
2736 args = args2;
2737
2738 if (choice == 0)
2739 error ("cancelled");
2740
2741 if (choice < first_choice)
2742 {
2743 n_chosen = n_choices;
2744 for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1)
2745 choices[j] = j;
2746 break;
2747 }
2748 choice -= first_choice;
2749
2750 for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1)
2751 {
2752 }
2753
2754 if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j])
2755 {
2756 int k;
2757 for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1)
2758 choices[k + 1] = choices[k];
2759 choices[j + 1] = choice;
2760 n_chosen += 1;
2761 }
2762 }
2763
2764 if (n_chosen > max_results)
2765 error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results);
2766
2767 return n_chosen;
2768 }
2769
2770 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */
2771 /* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */
2772 /* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
2773
2774 static void
2775 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs,
2776 int oplen, struct symbol *sym,
2777 struct block *block)
2778 {
2779 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
2780 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
2781 struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *)
2782 xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression)
2783 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen));
2784 struct expression *exp = *expp;
2785
2786 newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen;
2787 newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn;
2788 memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc));
2789 memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen,
2790 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen));
2791
2792 newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL;
2793 newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs;
2794
2795 newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2796 newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block;
2797 newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym;
2798
2799 *expp = newexp;
2800 xfree (exp);
2801 }
2802
2803 /* Type-class predicates */
2804
2805 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */
2806 /* FLOAT.) */
2807
2808 static int
2809 numeric_type_p (struct type *type)
2810 {
2811 if (type == NULL)
2812 return 0;
2813 else
2814 {
2815 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2816 {
2817 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2818 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2819 return 1;
2820 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2821 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2822 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2823 default:
2824 return 0;
2825 }
2826 }
2827 }
2828
2829 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
2830
2831 static int
2832 integer_type_p (struct type *type)
2833 {
2834 if (type == NULL)
2835 return 0;
2836 else
2837 {
2838 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2839 {
2840 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2841 return 1;
2842 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2843 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2844 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2845 default:
2846 return 0;
2847 }
2848 }
2849 }
2850
2851 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
2852
2853 static int
2854 scalar_type_p (struct type *type)
2855 {
2856 if (type == NULL)
2857 return 0;
2858 else
2859 {
2860 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2861 {
2862 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2863 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2864 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2865 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2866 return 1;
2867 default:
2868 return 0;
2869 }
2870 }
2871 }
2872
2873 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
2874
2875 static int
2876 discrete_type_p (struct type *type)
2877 {
2878 if (type == NULL)
2879 return 0;
2880 else
2881 {
2882 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2883 {
2884 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2885 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2886 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2887 return 1;
2888 default:
2889 return 0;
2890 }
2891 }
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be
2895 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
2896 (i.e., result 0). */
2897
2898 static int
2899 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
2900 {
2901 struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0]));
2902 struct type *type1 =
2903 (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1]));
2904
2905 switch (op)
2906 {
2907 default:
2908 return 0;
2909
2910 case BINOP_ADD:
2911 case BINOP_SUB:
2912 case BINOP_MUL:
2913 case BINOP_DIV:
2914 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1)));
2915
2916 case BINOP_REM:
2917 case BINOP_MOD:
2918 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2919 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2920 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2921 return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2922
2923 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2924 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2925 case BINOP_LESS:
2926 case BINOP_GTR:
2927 case BINOP_LEQ:
2928 case BINOP_GEQ:
2929 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1)));
2930
2931 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2932 return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2933 (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2934 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))
2935 != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2936 || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2937 (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2938 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)));
2939
2940 case BINOP_EXP:
2941 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2942
2943 case UNOP_NEG:
2944 case UNOP_PLUS:
2945 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2946 case UNOP_ABS:
2947 return (!numeric_type_p (type0));
2948
2949 }
2950 }
2951 \f
2952 /* Renaming */
2953
2954 /** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
2955 * have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
2956 * point. */
2957
2958 /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which
2959 * is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for
2960 * an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns
2961 * NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */
2962 const char *
2963 ada_renaming_type (struct type *type)
2964 {
2965 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2966 {
2967 const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type);
2968 const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR");
2969 if (suffix == NULL
2970 || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL))
2971 return NULL;
2972 else
2973 return suffix + 3;
2974 }
2975 else
2976 return NULL;
2977 }
2978
2979 /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */
2980 int
2981 ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym)
2982 {
2983 const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
2984 return renaming_type != NULL
2985 && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_');
2986 }
2987
2988 /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original
2989 * name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of
2990 * parsing. */
2991 const char *
2992 ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym)
2993 {
2994 struct type *type;
2995 const char *raw_name;
2996 int len;
2997 char *result;
2998
2999 type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
3000 if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1)
3001 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3002
3003 raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0);
3004 len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5;
3005 if (len <= 0)
3006 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3007
3008 result = xmalloc (len + 1);
3009 /* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */
3010 /* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */
3011 strncpy (result, raw_name, len);
3012 result[len] = '\000';
3013 return result;
3014 }
3015 \f
3016
3017 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3018
3019 /* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack
3020 pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */
3021
3022 static struct value *
3023 place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3024 {
3025 CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp;
3026
3027 #ifdef STACK_ALIGN
3028 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3029 STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH
3030 (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))));
3031 #else
3032 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3033 TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))));
3034 #endif
3035
3036 VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory;
3037 if (INNER_THAN (1, 2))
3038 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp;
3039 else
3040 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp;
3041
3042 return val;
3043 }
3044
3045 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
3046 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
3047 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
3048 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
3049
3050 static struct value *
3051 convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0,
3052 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3053 {
3054 struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3055 struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0);
3056 struct type *formal_target =
3057 TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3058 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type;
3059 struct type *actual_target =
3060 TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3061 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type;
3062
3063 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target)
3064 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
3065 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp);
3066 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3067 {
3068 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3069 && ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target))
3070 return desc_data (actual);
3071 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3072 {
3073 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory)
3074 {
3075 struct value *val;
3076 actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3077 val = allocate_value (actual_type);
3078 memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3079 (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual),
3080 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type));
3081 actual = place_on_stack (val, sp);
3082 }
3083 return value_addr (actual);
3084 }
3085 }
3086 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3087 return ada_value_ind (actual);
3088
3089 return actual;
3090 }
3091
3092
3093 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
3094 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
3095 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
3096 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value*
3097 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
3098
3099 static struct value *
3100 make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3101 {
3102 struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type);
3103 struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type);
3104 struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type);
3105 struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type);
3106 CORE_ADDR bounds_addr;
3107 int i;
3108
3109 for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1)
3110 {
3111 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3112 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)),
3113 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0),
3114 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0));
3115 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3116 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)),
3117 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1),
3118 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1));
3119 }
3120
3121 bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp);
3122
3123 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3124 arr,
3125 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type),
3126 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type));
3127 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3128 VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds),
3129 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type),
3130 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type));
3131
3132 descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp);
3133
3134 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3135 return value_addr (descriptor);
3136 else
3137 return descriptor;
3138 }
3139
3140
3141 /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any
3142 conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual
3143 parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does
3144 nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS
3145 does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a
3146 stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its
3147 value as needed. */
3148
3149 void
3150 ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[],
3151 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3152 {
3153 int i;
3154
3155 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0
3156 || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)))
3157 return;
3158
3159 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
3160 args[i] =
3161 convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp);
3162 }
3163 \f
3164
3165 /* Symbol Lookup */
3166
3167
3168 /* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */
3169 /* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
3170
3171 /* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */
3172 static size_t defn_vector_size = 0;
3173
3174 /* Current number of symbols found. */
3175 static int ndefns = 0;
3176
3177 static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL;
3178 static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL;
3179
3180 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
3181 * given NAMESPACE. */
3182
3183 static struct symbol *
3184 standard_lookup (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace)
3185 {
3186 struct symbol *sym;
3187 struct symtab *symtab;
3188 sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, namespace, 0, &symtab);
3189 return sym;
3190 }
3191
3192
3193 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */
3194 /* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */
3195 /* contend in overloading in the same way. */
3196 static int
3197 is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n)
3198 {
3199 int i;
3200
3201 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
3202 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
3203 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3204 return 1;
3205
3206 return 0;
3207 }
3208
3209 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
3210 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
3211
3212 static int
3213 equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
3214 {
3215 if (type0 == type1)
3216 return 1;
3217 if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL
3218 || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1))
3219 return 0;
3220 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3221 || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3222 && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL
3223 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)))
3224 return 1;
3225
3226 return 0;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
3230 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
3231
3232 static int
3233 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1)
3234 {
3235 if (sym0 == sym1)
3236 return 1;
3237 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym0) != SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym1)
3238 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1))
3239 return 0;
3240
3241 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0))
3242 {
3243 case LOC_UNDEF:
3244 return 1;
3245 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3246 {
3247 struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0);
3248 struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1);
3249 char *name0 = SYMBOL_NAME (sym0);
3250 char *name1 = SYMBOL_NAME (sym1);
3251 int len0 = strlen (name0);
3252 return
3253 TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1)
3254 && (equiv_types (type0, type1)
3255 || (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0)
3256 && STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5)));
3257 }
3258 case LOC_CONST:
3259 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1)
3260 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1));
3261 default:
3262 return 0;
3263 }
3264 }
3265
3266 /* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of
3267 defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and
3268 defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */
3269
3270 static void
3271 add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block)
3272 {
3273 int i;
3274 size_t tmp;
3275
3276 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL)
3277 CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
3278 for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1)
3279 {
3280 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i]))
3281 return;
3282 else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym))
3283 {
3284 defn_symbols[i] = sym;
3285 defn_blocks[i] = block;
3286 return;
3287 }
3288 }
3289
3290 tmp = defn_vector_size;
3291 GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2);
3292 GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2);
3293
3294 defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym;
3295 defn_blocks[ndefns] = block;
3296 ndefns += 1;
3297 }
3298
3299 /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given namespace.
3300 Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do
3301 wild-card match if WILD. */
3302
3303 static struct partial_symbol *
3304 ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name,
3305 int global, namespace_enum namespace, int wild)
3306 {
3307 struct partial_symbol **start;
3308 int name_len = strlen (name);
3309 int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
3310 int i;
3311
3312 if (length == 0)
3313 {
3314 return (NULL);
3315 }
3316
3317 start = (global ?
3318 pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
3319 pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
3320
3321 if (wild)
3322 {
3323 for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1)
3324 {
3325 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3326
3327 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace &&
3328 wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_NAME (psym)))
3329 return psym;
3330 }
3331 return NULL;
3332 }
3333 else
3334 {
3335 if (global)
3336 {
3337 int U;
3338 i = 0;
3339 U = length - 1;
3340 while (U - i > 4)
3341 {
3342 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3343 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3344 if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0])
3345 i = M + 1;
3346 else if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0])
3347 U = M - 1;
3348 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0)
3349 i = M + 1;
3350 else
3351 U = M;
3352 }
3353 }
3354 else
3355 i = 0;
3356
3357 while (i < length)
3358 {
3359 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3360
3361 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
3362 {
3363 int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len);
3364
3365 if (cmp < 0)
3366 {
3367 if (global)
3368 break;
3369 }
3370 else if (cmp == 0
3371 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len))
3372 return psym;
3373 }
3374 i += 1;
3375 }
3376
3377 if (global)
3378 {
3379 int U;
3380 i = 0;
3381 U = length - 1;
3382 while (U - i > 4)
3383 {
3384 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3385 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3386 if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_')
3387 i = M + 1;
3388 else if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_')
3389 U = M - 1;
3390 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0)
3391 i = M + 1;
3392 else
3393 U = M;
3394 }
3395 }
3396 else
3397 i = 0;
3398
3399 while (i < length)
3400 {
3401 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3402
3403 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
3404 {
3405 int cmp;
3406
3407 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0];
3408 if (cmp == 0)
3409 {
3410 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5);
3411 if (cmp == 0)
3412 cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len);
3413 }
3414
3415 if (cmp < 0)
3416 {
3417 if (global)
3418 break;
3419 }
3420 else if (cmp == 0
3421 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5))
3422 return psym;
3423 }
3424 i += 1;
3425 }
3426
3427 }
3428 return NULL;
3429 }
3430
3431
3432 /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */
3433 static struct symtab *
3434 symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym)
3435 {
3436 struct symtab *s;
3437 struct objfile *objfile;
3438 struct block *b;
3439 struct symbol *tmp_sym;
3440 int i, j;
3441
3442 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3443 {
3444 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3445 {
3446 case LOC_CONST:
3447 case LOC_STATIC:
3448 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3449 case LOC_REGISTER:
3450 case LOC_LABEL:
3451 case LOC_BLOCK:
3452 case LOC_CONST_BYTES:
3453 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3454 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3455 return s;
3456 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
3457 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3458 return s;
3459 break;
3460 default:
3461 break;
3462 }
3463 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3464 {
3465 case LOC_REGISTER:
3466 case LOC_ARG:
3467 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3468 case LOC_REGPARM:
3469 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3470 case LOC_LOCAL:
3471 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3472 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3473 case LOC_BASEREG:
3474 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3475 for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK;
3476 j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1)
3477 {
3478 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j);
3479 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3480 return s;
3481 }
3482 break;
3483 default:
3484 break;
3485 }
3486 }
3487 return NULL;
3488 }
3489
3490 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling
3491 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */
3492
3493 struct minimal_symbol *
3494 ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name)
3495 {
3496 struct objfile *objfile;
3497 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3498 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3499
3500 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3501 {
3502 if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)
3503 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline)
3504 return msymbol;
3505 }
3506
3507 return NULL;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
3511 * selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE
3512 * and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for
3513 * ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3514 * wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to
3515 * find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the
3516 * pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a
3517 * frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a
3518 * frame with that same local-variable base. */
3519 static void
3520 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace,
3521 int wild_match)
3522 {
3523 #ifdef i386
3524 static struct symbol static_link_sym;
3525 static struct symbol *static_link;
3526
3527 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
3528 struct frame_info *frame;
3529 struct frame_info *target_frame;
3530
3531 if (static_link == NULL)
3532 {
3533 /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the
3534 * static link (when it exists). */
3535 static_link = &static_link_sym;
3536 SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = "";
3537 SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown;
3538 SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL;
3539 SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (static_link) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
3540 SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void);
3541 SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) =
3542 -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link));
3543 }
3544
3545 frame = selected_frame;
3546 while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3547 {
3548 struct block *block;
3549 struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame);
3550 CORE_ADDR target_link;
3551
3552 if (target_link_val == NULL)
3553 break;
3554 QUIT;
3555
3556 target_link = target_link_val;
3557 do
3558 {
3559 QUIT;
3560 frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
3561 }
3562 while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link);
3563
3564 if (frame == NULL)
3565 break;
3566
3567 block = get_frame_block (frame, 0);
3568 while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3569 {
3570 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
3571
3572 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3573 }
3574 }
3575
3576 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3577 #endif
3578 }
3579
3580 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
3581 * for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
3582 static int
3583 is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type)
3584 {
3585 char *name = ada_type_name (type);
3586 return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>"));
3587 }
3588
3589 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
3590 * duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where
3591 * this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
3592 * linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
3593 * debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols,
3594 * and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the
3595 * correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number
3596 * of symbols in the modified list. */
3597 static int
3598 remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms)
3599 {
3600 int i, j;
3601
3602 i = 0;
3603 while (i < nsyms)
3604 {
3605 if (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL
3606 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC
3607 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))
3608 {
3609 for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1)
3610 {
3611 if (i != j
3612 && SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL
3613 && STREQ (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]))
3614 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j])
3615 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i])
3616 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j]))
3617 {
3618 int k;
3619 for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1)
3620 {
3621 syms[k - 1] = syms[k];
3622 blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k];
3623 }
3624 nsyms -= 1;
3625 goto NextSymbol;
3626 }
3627 }
3628 }
3629 i += 1;
3630 NextSymbol:
3631 ;
3632 }
3633 return nsyms;
3634 }
3635
3636 /* Find symbols in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3637 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
3638 *SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS
3639 pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those
3640 symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the
3641 next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol
3642 match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
3643 is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or
3644 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
3645 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */
3646
3647 int
3648 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3649 namespace_enum namespace, struct symbol ***syms,
3650 struct block ***blocks)
3651 {
3652 struct symbol *sym;
3653 struct symtab *s;
3654 struct partial_symtab *ps;
3655 struct blockvector *bv;
3656 struct objfile *objfile;
3657 struct block *b;
3658 struct block *block;
3659 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3660 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3661 int cacheIfUnique;
3662
3663 #ifdef TIMING
3664 markTimeStart (0);
3665 #endif
3666
3667 ndefns = 0;
3668 cacheIfUnique = 0;
3669
3670 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
3671
3672 block = block0;
3673 while (block != NULL)
3674 {
3675 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
3676
3677 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
3678 if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns))
3679 goto done;
3680
3681 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3682 }
3683
3684 /* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */
3685
3686 if (ndefns > 0)
3687 goto done;
3688
3689 cacheIfUnique = 1;
3690
3691 /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol
3692 tables, and psymtab's */
3693
3694 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3695 {
3696 QUIT;
3697 if (!s->primary)
3698 continue;
3699 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3700 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3701 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3702 }
3703
3704 if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE)
3705 {
3706 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3707 {
3708 if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match))
3709 {
3710 switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol))
3711 {
3712 case mst_solib_trampoline:
3713 break;
3714 default:
3715 s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
3716 if (s != NULL)
3717 {
3718 int old_ndefns = ndefns;
3719 QUIT;
3720 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3721 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3722 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3723 SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3724 namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3725 if (ndefns == old_ndefns)
3726 {
3727 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3728 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3729 SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3730 namespace, objfile,
3731 wild_match);
3732 }
3733 }
3734 }
3735 }
3736 }
3737 }
3738
3739 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3740 {
3741 QUIT;
3742 if (!ps->readin
3743 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, namespace, wild_match))
3744 {
3745 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3746 if (!s->primary)
3747 continue;
3748 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3749 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3750 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3751 }
3752 }
3753
3754 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits.
3755 (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error).
3756 Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */
3757
3758 if (ndefns == 0)
3759 {
3760
3761 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3762 {
3763 QUIT;
3764 if (!s->primary)
3765 continue;
3766 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3767 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3768 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3769 }
3770
3771 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3772 {
3773 QUIT;
3774 if (!ps->readin
3775 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, namespace, wild_match))
3776 {
3777 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3778 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3779 if (!s->primary)
3780 continue;
3781 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3782 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace,
3783 objfile, wild_match);
3784 }
3785 }
3786 }
3787
3788 /* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
3789 enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be
3790 rare. */
3791 if (ndefns == 0)
3792 {
3793 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, namespace, wild_match);
3794 if (ndefns > 0)
3795 goto done;
3796 }
3797
3798 done:
3799 ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns);
3800
3801
3802 *syms = defn_symbols;
3803 *blocks = defn_blocks;
3804 #ifdef TIMING
3805 markTimeStop (0);
3806 #endif
3807 return ndefns;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Return a symbol in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3811 * scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to
3812 * lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes.
3813 * Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is
3814 * disambiguated by user query if needed. */
3815
3816 struct symbol *
3817 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3818 namespace_enum namespace)
3819 {
3820 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
3821 struct block **candidate_blocks;
3822 int n_candidates;
3823
3824 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name,
3825 block0, namespace,
3826 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
3827
3828 if (n_candidates == 0)
3829 return NULL;
3830 else if (n_candidates != 1)
3831 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1);
3832
3833 return candidate_syms[0];
3834 }
3835
3836
3837 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
3838 * that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
3839 * names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
3840 * are given by the regular expression:
3841 * (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
3842 *
3843 */
3844 static int
3845 is_name_suffix (const char *str)
3846 {
3847 int k;
3848 if (str[0] == 'X')
3849 {
3850 str += 1;
3851 while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0')
3852 {
3853 if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b')
3854 return 0;
3855 str += 1;
3856 }
3857 }
3858 if (str[0] == '\000')
3859 return 1;
3860 if (str[0] == '_')
3861 {
3862 if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000')
3863 return 0;
3864 if (str[2] == '_')
3865 {
3866 if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM"))
3867 return 1;
3868 if (str[3] != 'X')
3869 return 0;
3870 if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' ||
3871 str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P')
3872 return 1;
3873 if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T')
3874 return 1;
3875 return 0;
3876 }
3877 for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3878 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3879 return 0;
3880 return 1;
3881 }
3882 if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000')
3883 {
3884 for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3885 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3886 return 0;
3887 return 1;
3888 }
3889 return 0;
3890 }
3891
3892 /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
3893 * PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
3894 * informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
3895 * true). */
3896 static int
3897 wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name)
3898 {
3899 int name_len;
3900 int s, e;
3901
3902 name_len = strlen (name);
3903 if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5)
3904 && STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len)
3905 && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5))
3906 return 1;
3907
3908 while (name_len >= patn_len)
3909 {
3910 if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len))
3911 return 1;
3912 do
3913 {
3914 name += 1;
3915 name_len -= 1;
3916 }
3917 while (name_len > 0
3918 && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_'));
3919 if (name_len <= 0)
3920 return 0;
3921 if (name[0] == '_')
3922 {
3923 if (!islower (name[2]))
3924 return 0;
3925 name += 2;
3926 name_len -= 2;
3927 }
3928 else
3929 {
3930 if (!islower (name[1]))
3931 return 0;
3932 name += 1;
3933 name_len -= 1;
3934 }
3935 }
3936
3937 return 0;
3938 }
3939
3940
3941 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE to
3942 vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of
3943 the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols
3944 currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3945 wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
3946
3947 static void
3948 ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name,
3949 namespace_enum namespace, struct objfile *objfile,
3950 int wild)
3951 {
3952 int i;
3953 int name_len = strlen (name);
3954 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
3955 struct symbol *arg_sym;
3956 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */
3957 int found_sym;
3958 int is_sorted = BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (block);
3959 struct symbol *sym;
3960
3961 arg_sym = NULL;
3962 found_sym = 0;
3963 if (wild)
3964 {
3965 struct symbol *sym;
3966 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
3967 {
3968 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace &&
3969 wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
3970 {
3971 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3972 {
3973 case LOC_ARG:
3974 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3975 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3976 case LOC_REGPARM:
3977 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3978 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3979 arg_sym = sym;
3980 break;
3981 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
3982 continue;
3983 default:
3984 found_sym = 1;
3985 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
3986 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block);
3987 break;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 }
3991 }
3992 else
3993 {
3994 if (is_sorted)
3995 {
3996 int U;
3997 i = 0;
3998 U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
3999 while (U - i > 4)
4000 {
4001 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
4002 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
4003 if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < name[0])
4004 i = M + 1;
4005 else if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0])
4006 U = M - 1;
4007 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name) < 0)
4008 i = M + 1;
4009 else
4010 U = M;
4011 }
4012 }
4013 else
4014 i = 0;
4015
4016 for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
4017 for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
4018 {
4019 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
4020 {
4021 int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len);
4022
4023 if (cmp < 0)
4024 {
4025 if (is_sorted)
4026 {
4027 i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
4028 break;
4029 }
4030 }
4031 else if (cmp == 0
4032 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len))
4033 {
4034 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4035 {
4036 case LOC_ARG:
4037 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4038 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4039 case LOC_REGPARM:
4040 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4041 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4042 arg_sym = sym;
4043 break;
4044 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4045 break;
4046 default:
4047 found_sym = 1;
4048 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4049 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4050 block);
4051 break;
4052 }
4053 }
4054 }
4055 }
4056 }
4057
4058 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4059 {
4060 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4061 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4062 }
4063
4064 if (!wild)
4065 {
4066 arg_sym = NULL;
4067 found_sym = 0;
4068 if (is_sorted)
4069 {
4070 int U;
4071 i = 0;
4072 U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
4073 while (U - i > 4)
4074 {
4075 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
4076 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
4077 if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < '_')
4078 i = M + 1;
4079 else if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > '_')
4080 U = M - 1;
4081 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_ada_") < 0)
4082 i = M + 1;
4083 else
4084 U = M;
4085 }
4086 }
4087 else
4088 i = 0;
4089
4090 for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
4091 for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
4092 {
4093 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
4094
4095 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
4096 {
4097 int cmp;
4098
4099 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0];
4100 if (cmp == 0)
4101 {
4102 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5);
4103 if (cmp == 0)
4104 cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len);
4105 }
4106
4107 if (cmp < 0)
4108 {
4109 if (is_sorted)
4110 {
4111 i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
4112 break;
4113 }
4114 }
4115 else if (cmp == 0
4116 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5))
4117 {
4118 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4119 {
4120 case LOC_ARG:
4121 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4122 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4123 case LOC_REGPARM:
4124 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4125 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4126 arg_sym = sym;
4127 break;
4128 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4129 break;
4130 default:
4131 found_sym = 1;
4132 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4133 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4134 block);
4135 break;
4136 }
4137 }
4138 }
4139 }
4140
4141 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
4142 They aren't parameters, right? */
4143 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4144 {
4145 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4146 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4147 }
4148 }
4149 }
4150 \f
4151
4152 /* Function Types */
4153
4154 /* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type
4155 with prototype information, if it is not already there. */
4156
4157 static void
4158 fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func)
4159 {
4160 struct block *b;
4161 int nargs, nsyms;
4162 int i;
4163 struct type *ftype;
4164 struct type *rtype;
4165 size_t max_fields;
4166 struct symbol *sym;
4167
4168 if (func == NULL
4169 || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4170 || TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL)
4171 return;
4172
4173 /* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */
4174 /* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */
4175 /* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */
4176 /* function type is being built (FIXME). */
4177 rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4178 ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4179 make_function_type (rtype, &ftype);
4180 SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype;
4181
4182 b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func);
4183
4184 nargs = 0;
4185 max_fields = 8;
4186 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) =
4187 (struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields);
4188 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4189 {
4190 GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1);
4191
4192 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4193 {
4194 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4195 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4196 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4197 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4198 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) =
4199 lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)));
4200 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4201 nargs += 1;
4202
4203 break;
4204
4205 case LOC_ARG:
4206 case LOC_REGPARM:
4207 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4208 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4209 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4210 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4211 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
4212 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4213 nargs += 1;
4214
4215 break;
4216
4217 default:
4218 break;
4219 }
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */
4223 /* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */
4224 /* has been filled in. */
4225
4226 TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs;
4227 if (nargs == 0)
4228 {
4229 static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
4230 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4231 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field;
4232 }
4233 else
4234 {
4235 struct field *fields =
4236 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4237 memcpy ((char *) fields,
4238 (char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4239 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4240 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields;
4241 }
4242 }
4243 \f
4244
4245 /* Breakpoint-related */
4246
4247 char no_symtab_msg[] =
4248 "No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.";
4249
4250 /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to
4251 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment
4252 of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE.
4253 */
4254 char *
4255 ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line)
4256 {
4257 /* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be
4258 the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */
4259 char *p;
4260 for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1)
4261 ;
4262 return p;
4263 }
4264
4265 /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break
4266 command), following any initial file name specification.
4267
4268 Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the
4269 information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the
4270 following sense:
4271 + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file
4272 named by FILE_TABLE.
4273 + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM',
4274 then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as
4275 possible).
4276 + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with
4277 that name.
4278
4279 Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found.
4280
4281 If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME
4282 is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject
4283 to the usual mangling.
4284
4285 *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification.
4286
4287 FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code
4288 in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.).
4289
4290 If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a
4291 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array
4292 of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned
4293 list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a
4294 canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no
4295 canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null,
4296 *CANONICAL is set to NULL.
4297
4298 A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the
4299 breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position,
4300 with no further contextual information or user selection. It is
4301 needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number
4302 information supplied is insufficient for this unique
4303 identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*',
4304 or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec.
4305 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it
4306 is the caller's responsibility to free them. */
4307
4308 struct symtabs_and_lines
4309 ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table,
4310 int funfirstline, char ***canonical)
4311 {
4312 struct symbol **symbols;
4313 struct block **blocks;
4314 struct block *block;
4315 int n_matches, i, line_num;
4316 struct symtabs_and_lines selected;
4317 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4318 char *name;
4319
4320 int len;
4321 char *lower_name;
4322 char *unquoted_name;
4323
4324 if (file_table == NULL)
4325 block = get_selected_block (NULL);
4326 else
4327 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK);
4328
4329 if (canonical != NULL)
4330 *canonical = (char **) NULL;
4331
4332 name = *spec;
4333 if (**spec == '*')
4334 *spec += 1;
4335 else
4336 {
4337 while (**spec != '\000' &&
4338 !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec))
4339 *spec += 1;
4340 }
4341 len = *spec - name;
4342
4343 line_num = -1;
4344 if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1]))
4345 {
4346 line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10);
4347 while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t')
4348 *spec += 1;
4349 }
4350
4351 if (name[0] == '*')
4352 {
4353 if (line_num == -1)
4354 error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name.");
4355
4356 return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical);
4357 }
4358
4359 if (name[0] == '\'')
4360 {
4361 name += 1;
4362 len -= 2;
4363 }
4364
4365 if (name[0] == '<')
4366 {
4367 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1);
4368 memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2);
4369 unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000';
4370 lower_name = NULL;
4371 }
4372 else
4373 {
4374 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4375 memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len);
4376 unquoted_name[len] = '\000';
4377 lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4378 for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4379 lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]);
4380 lower_name[len] = '\000';
4381 }
4382
4383 n_matches = 0;
4384 if (lower_name != NULL)
4385 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block,
4386 VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
4387 if (n_matches == 0)
4388 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block,
4389 VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
4390 if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0)
4391 error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name);
4392 else if (n_matches == 0)
4393 {
4394 #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG
4395 /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */
4396 #undef volatile
4397 volatile struct symtab_and_line val;
4398 #define volatile /*nothing */
4399 #else
4400 struct symtab_and_line val;
4401 #endif
4402 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
4403
4404 INIT_SAL (&val);
4405
4406 msymbol = NULL;
4407 if (lower_name != NULL)
4408 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name));
4409 if (msymbol == NULL)
4410 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name);
4411 if (msymbol != NULL)
4412 {
4413 val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
4414 val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol);
4415 if (funfirstline)
4416 {
4417 val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
4418 SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc);
4419 }
4420 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4421 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
4422 selected.sals[0] = val;
4423 selected.nelts = 1;
4424 return selected;
4425 }
4426
4427 if (!have_full_symbols () &&
4428 !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ())
4429 error (no_symtab_msg);
4430
4431 error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name);
4432 return selected; /* for lint */
4433 }
4434
4435 if (line_num >= 0)
4436 {
4437 return
4438 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num,
4439 symbols, n_matches);
4440 }
4441 else
4442 {
4443 selected.nelts =
4444 user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches);
4445 }
4446
4447 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4448 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts);
4449 memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i]));
4450 make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals);
4451
4452 i = 0;
4453 while (i < selected.nelts)
4454 {
4455 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
4456 selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline);
4457 else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0)
4458 {
4459 selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]);
4460 selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]);
4461 }
4462 else if (line_num >= 0)
4463 {
4464 /* Ignore this choice */
4465 symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1];
4466 blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1];
4467 selected.nelts -= 1;
4468 continue;
4469 }
4470 else
4471 error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name);
4472 i += 1;
4473 }
4474
4475 if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1))
4476 {
4477 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts);
4478 for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1)
4479 (*canonical)[i] =
4480 extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i],
4481 SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (symbols[i]));
4482 }
4483
4484 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4485 return selected;
4486 }
4487
4488 /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table
4489 with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed
4490 in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */
4491 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4492 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num,
4493 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms)
4494 {
4495 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4496 int best_index, best;
4497 struct linetable *best_linetable;
4498 struct objfile *objfile;
4499 struct symtab *s;
4500 struct symtab *best_symtab;
4501
4502 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4503
4504 best_index = 0;
4505 best_linetable = NULL;
4506 best_symtab = NULL;
4507 best = 0;
4508 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4509 {
4510 struct linetable *l;
4511 int ind, exact;
4512
4513 QUIT;
4514
4515 if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename))
4516 continue;
4517 l = LINETABLE (s);
4518 ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact);
4519 if (ind >= 0)
4520 {
4521 if (exact)
4522 {
4523 best_index = ind;
4524 best_linetable = l;
4525 best_symtab = s;
4526 goto done;
4527 }
4528 if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
4529 {
4530 best = l->item[ind].line;
4531 best_index = ind;
4532 best_linetable = l;
4533 best_symtab = s;
4534 }
4535 }
4536 }
4537
4538 if (best == 0)
4539 error ("Line number not found in designated function.");
4540
4541 done:
4542
4543 sals.nelts = 1;
4544 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0]));
4545
4546 INIT_SAL (&sals.sals[0]);
4547
4548 sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
4549 sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc;
4550 sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab;
4551
4552 return sals;
4553 }
4554
4555 /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose
4556 pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1].
4557 Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */
4558 static int
4559 find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4560 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp)
4561 {
4562 int i, len, best_index, best;
4563
4564 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL)
4565 return -1;
4566
4567 len = linetable->nitems;
4568 for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4569 {
4570 int k;
4571 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4572
4573 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
4574 {
4575 if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK
4576 && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))
4577 && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])))
4578 goto candidate;
4579 }
4580 continue;
4581
4582 candidate:
4583
4584 if (item->line == line_num)
4585 {
4586 *exactp = 1;
4587 return i;
4588 }
4589
4590 if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
4591 {
4592 best = item->line;
4593 best_index = i;
4594 }
4595 }
4596
4597 *exactp = 0;
4598 return best_index;
4599 }
4600
4601 /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in
4602 LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at
4603 or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */
4604 static int
4605 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num)
4606 {
4607 int i, len, best;
4608
4609 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0)
4610 return -1;
4611 len = linetable->nitems;
4612
4613 i = 0;
4614 best = INT_MAX;
4615 while (i < len)
4616 {
4617 int k;
4618 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4619
4620 if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best)
4621 {
4622 char *func_name;
4623 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4624
4625 func_name = NULL;
4626 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4627
4628 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4629 {
4630 if (item->line == line_num)
4631 return line_num;
4632 else
4633 {
4634 struct symbol *sym =
4635 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
4636 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num))
4637 best = item->line;
4638 else
4639 {
4640 do
4641 i += 1;
4642 while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end);
4643 continue;
4644 }
4645 }
4646 }
4647 }
4648
4649 i += 1;
4650 }
4651
4652 return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best;
4653 }
4654
4655
4656 /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND,
4657 entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k
4658 corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that
4659 corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function
4660 that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE.
4661 Return -1 if there is no such k.
4662 IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */
4663
4664 static int
4665 find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4666 int starting_line, int ind)
4667 {
4668 int i, len;
4669
4670 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems)
4671 return -1;
4672 len = linetable->nitems;
4673
4674 if (ind >= 0)
4675 {
4676 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4677
4678 if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc,
4679 (char **) NULL, &start, &end))
4680 {
4681 while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end)
4682 ind += 1;
4683 }
4684 else
4685 ind += 1;
4686 }
4687 else
4688 ind = 0;
4689
4690 i = ind;
4691 while (i < len)
4692 {
4693 int k;
4694 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4695
4696 if (item->line >= line_num)
4697 {
4698 char *func_name;
4699 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4700
4701 func_name = NULL;
4702 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4703
4704 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4705 {
4706 if (item->line == line_num)
4707 {
4708 struct symbol *sym =
4709 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
4710 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line))
4711 return i;
4712 else
4713 {
4714 while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end)
4715 i += 1;
4716 }
4717 }
4718 }
4719 }
4720 i += 1;
4721 }
4722
4723 return -1;
4724 }
4725
4726 /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line #
4727 LINE_NUM. */
4728 static int
4729 is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num)
4730 {
4731 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
4732
4733 if (sym == NULL)
4734 return 0;
4735
4736 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0);
4737
4738 return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line);
4739 }
4740
4741 static void
4742 debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt)
4743 {
4744 int i;
4745
4746 if (lt == NULL)
4747 return;
4748
4749 fprintf (stderr, "\t");
4750 for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1)
4751 fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc);
4752 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4753 }
4754
4755 static void
4756 debug_print_block (struct block *b)
4757 {
4758 int i;
4759 struct symbol *i;
4760
4761 fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]",
4762 b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b));
4763 if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
4764 fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b)));
4765 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4766 fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b));
4767 fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:");
4768 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4769 {
4770 if (i > 0 && i % 4 == 0)
4771 fprintf (stderr, "\n\t\t ");
4772 fprintf (stderr, " %s", SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
4773 }
4774 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4775 }
4776
4777 static void
4778 debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv)
4779 {
4780 int i;
4781
4782 if (bv == NULL)
4783 return;
4784 for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1)
4785 {
4786 fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i);
4787 debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
4788 }
4789 }
4790
4791 static void
4792 debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s)
4793 {
4794 fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s,
4795 s->filename, s->dirname);
4796 fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n",
4797 BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary);
4798 debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s));
4799 fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s));
4800 debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s));
4801 }
4802
4803 /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables
4804 with file name FILENAME. */
4805 static void
4806 read_all_symtabs (const char *filename)
4807 {
4808 struct partial_symtab *ps;
4809 struct objfile *objfile;
4810
4811 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
4812 {
4813 QUIT;
4814
4815 if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename))
4816 PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
4817 }
4818 }
4819
4820 /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file
4821 FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set
4822 it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */
4823 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4824 all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical)
4825 {
4826 struct symtabs_and_lines result;
4827 struct objfile *objfile;
4828 struct symtab *s;
4829 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4830 size_t len;
4831
4832 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4833
4834 result.sals =
4835 (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0]));
4836 result.nelts = 0;
4837 len = 4;
4838 make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals);
4839
4840 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4841 {
4842 int ind, target_line_num;
4843
4844 QUIT;
4845
4846 if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename))
4847 continue;
4848
4849 target_line_num =
4850 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num);
4851 if (target_line_num == -1)
4852 continue;
4853
4854 ind = -1;
4855 while (1)
4856 {
4857 ind =
4858 find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s),
4859 target_line_num, line_num, ind);
4860
4861 if (ind < 0)
4862 break;
4863
4864 GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1);
4865 INIT_SAL (&result.sals[result.nelts]);
4866 result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line;
4867 result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc;
4868 result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s;
4869 result.nelts += 1;
4870 }
4871 }
4872
4873 if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1)
4874 {
4875 int k;
4876 char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *));
4877 int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1;
4878 int n;
4879 int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int));
4880
4881 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4882 {
4883 find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k],
4884 (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL);
4885 if (func_names[k] == NULL)
4886 error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints.");
4887 }
4888
4889 if (result.nelts > 1)
4890 {
4891 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
4892 if (result.nelts > 1)
4893 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
4894 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4895 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice,
4896 ada_demangle (func_names[k]));
4897
4898 n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts,
4899 result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice");
4900
4901 for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1)
4902 {
4903 result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]];
4904 func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]];
4905 }
4906 result.nelts = n;
4907 }
4908
4909 if (canonical != NULL)
4910 {
4911 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **));
4912 make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical);
4913 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4914 {
4915 (*canonical)[k] =
4916 extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]);
4917 if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL)
4918 error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints.");
4919 make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]);
4920 }
4921 }
4922 }
4923
4924 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4925 return result;
4926 }
4927
4928
4929 /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for
4930 symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient
4931 information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space
4932 allocated. */
4933
4934 static char *
4935 extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name)
4936 {
4937 char *r;
4938
4939 if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0)
4940 return NULL;
4941
4942 r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename)
4943 + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3);
4944 sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line);
4945 return r;
4946 }
4947
4948 #if 0
4949 int begin_bnum = -1;
4950 #endif
4951 int begin_annotate_level = 0;
4952
4953 static void
4954 begin_cleanup (void *dummy)
4955 {
4956 begin_annotate_level = 0;
4957 }
4958
4959 static void
4960 begin_command (char *args, int from_tty)
4961 {
4962 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
4963 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr;
4964 char main_program_name[1024];
4965 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL);
4966 begin_annotate_level = 2;
4967
4968 /* Check that there is a program to debug */
4969 if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
4970 error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
4971
4972 /* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */
4973 /* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada)
4974 error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?");
4975 */
4976 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
4977
4978 /* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */
4979 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL);
4980
4981 if (msym != NULL)
4982 {
4983 main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym);
4984 if (main_program_name_addr == 0)
4985 error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name.");
4986
4987 /* Read the name of the main procedure */
4988 extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name);
4989
4990 /* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */
4991 do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0);
4992 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4993 }
4994 else
4995 {
4996 /* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the
4997 main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build
4998 was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous
4999 mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work
5000 in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user
5001 has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the
5002 begin command processing (eg in the initialization code).
5003
5004 The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking
5005 on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates
5006 the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the
5007 Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this
5008 Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit.
5009 */
5010 do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0);
5011 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
5012 do_command ("up", 0);
5013 do_command ("tbreak +2", 0);
5014 do_command ("continue", 0);
5015 do_command ("step", 0);
5016 }
5017
5018 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5019 }
5020
5021 int
5022 is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename)
5023 {
5024 return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) ||
5025 STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) ||
5026 STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2));
5027 }
5028
5029 /* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
5030 part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */
5031
5032 int
5033 find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level)
5034 {
5035 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5036
5037 for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi))
5038 {
5039 /* If fi is not the innermost frame, that normally means that fi->pc
5040 points to *after* the call instruction, and we want to get the line
5041 containing the call, never the next line. But if the next frame is
5042 a signal_handler_caller or a dummy frame, then the next frame was
5043 not entered as the result of a call, and we want to get the line
5044 containing fi->pc. */
5045 sal =
5046 find_pc_line (fi->pc,
5047 fi->next != NULL
5048 && !fi->next->signal_handler_caller
5049 && !frame_in_dummy (fi->next));
5050 if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename))
5051 {
5052 #if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET)
5053 /* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us
5054 from finding the right frame */
5055
5056 if (sal.symtab->objfile &&
5057 STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so"))
5058 continue;
5059 #endif
5060 selected_frame = fi;
5061 break;
5062 }
5063 }
5064
5065 return level;
5066 }
5067
5068 void
5069 ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b)
5070 {
5071 #ifdef UI_OUT
5072 /* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */
5073 /* if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5074 {
5075 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5076 being the exception *//*
5077 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5078 {
5079 ui_out_text (uiout, "on ");
5080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception",
5081 SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol));
5082 }
5083 else
5084 ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions");
5085 }
5086 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5087 ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception");
5088 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5089 ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure");
5090 #else
5091 if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5092 { */
5093 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5094 being the exception *//*
5095 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5096 {
5097 fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout);
5098 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME
5099 (b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout);
5100 }
5101 else
5102 fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout);
5103 }
5104 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5105 fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout);
5106 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5107 fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout);
5108 */
5109 #endif
5110 }
5111
5112 int
5113 ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym)
5114 {
5115 char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
5116
5117 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5118 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5119 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST
5120 && type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception"));
5121 }
5122
5123 int
5124 ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym)
5125 {
5126 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5127 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5128 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST);
5129 }
5130
5131 /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite
5132 into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set
5133 *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for
5134 break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */
5135 char *
5136 ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp)
5137 {
5138 if (arg == NULL)
5139 return arg;
5140 *break_on_exceptionp = 0;
5141 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
5142 /* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5143 && STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) &&
5144 (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0'))
5145 {
5146 char *tok, *end_tok;
5147 int toklen;
5148
5149 *break_on_exceptionp = 1;
5150
5151 tok = arg+9;
5152 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5153 tok += 1;
5154
5155 end_tok = tok;
5156
5157 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5158 end_tok += 1;
5159
5160 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5161
5162 arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5163 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)")
5164 + toklen + 1);
5165 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5166 if (toklen == 0)
5167 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg");
5168 else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen))
5169 {
5170 *break_on_exceptionp = 2;
5171 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception");
5172 }
5173 else
5174 {
5175 sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5176 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)",
5177 toklen, tok);
5178 }
5179 }
5180 else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5181 && STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) &&
5182 (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0'))
5183 {
5184 char *tok = arg + 6;
5185
5186 *break_on_exceptionp = 3;
5187
5188 arg = (char*)
5189 xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure")
5190 + strlen (tok) + 1);
5191 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5192 sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok);
5193 }
5194 */
5195 return arg;
5196 }
5197 \f
5198
5199 /* Field Access */
5200
5201 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5202 to be invisible to users. */
5203
5204 int
5205 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5206 {
5207 if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
5208 return 1;
5209 else
5210 {
5211 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5212 return (name == NULL
5213 || (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5214 }
5215 }
5216
5217 /* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */
5218
5219 int
5220 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type)
5221 {
5222 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5223 return 0;
5224
5225 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL);
5226 }
5227
5228 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5229
5230 struct type *
5231 ada_tag_type (struct value *val)
5232 {
5233 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL);
5234 }
5235
5236 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5237
5238 struct value *
5239 ada_value_tag (struct value *val)
5240 {
5241 return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record");
5242 }
5243
5244 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5245
5246 struct type *
5247 ada_parent_type (struct type *type)
5248 {
5249 int i;
5250
5251 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5252
5253 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5254 return NULL;
5255
5256 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5257 if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i))
5258 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5259
5260 return NULL;
5261 }
5262
5263 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5264 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5265 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5266
5267 int
5268 ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5269 {
5270 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num);
5271 return (name != NULL &&
5272 (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5273 }
5274
5275 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5276 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5277 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5278 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5279 structures. */
5280
5281 int
5282 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5283 {
5284 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5285 return (name != NULL
5286 && (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP")
5287 || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)
5288 || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O'));
5289 }
5290
5291 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5292 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5293 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5294
5295 int
5296 ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num)
5297 {
5298 struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num);
5299 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5300 || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num)
5301 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) ==
5302 TYPE_CODE_UNION));
5303 }
5304
5305 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5306 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5307 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */
5308
5309 struct type *
5310 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type)
5311 {
5312 char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5313 struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL);
5314 if (type == NULL)
5315 return builtin_type_int;
5316 else
5317 return type;
5318 }
5319
5320 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5321 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5322 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5323
5324 int
5325 ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num)
5326 {
5327 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5328 return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O');
5329 }
5330
5331 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5332 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The
5333 value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5334
5335 char *
5336 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0)
5337 {
5338 static char *result = NULL;
5339 static size_t result_len = 0;
5340 struct type *type;
5341 const char *name;
5342 const char *discrim_end;
5343 const char *discrim_start;
5344
5345 if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
5346 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0);
5347 else
5348 type = type0;
5349
5350 name = ada_type_name (type);
5351
5352 if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000')
5353 return "";
5354
5355 for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name;
5356 discrim_end -= 1)
5357 {
5358 if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6))
5359 break;
5360 }
5361 if (discrim_end == name)
5362 return "";
5363
5364 for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3;
5365 discrim_start -= 1)
5366 {
5367 if (discrim_start == name + 1)
5368 return "";
5369 if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3))
5370 || discrim_start[-1] == '.')
5371 break;
5372 }
5373
5374 GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1);
5375 strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start);
5376 result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0';
5377 return result;
5378 }
5379
5380 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the
5381 position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K,
5382 if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1
5383 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A
5384 "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal,
5385 followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m
5386 does not occur. */
5387
5388 int
5389 ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k)
5390 {
5391 ULONGEST RU;
5392
5393 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
5394 return 0;
5395
5396 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
5397 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
5398 LONGEST. */
5399 RU = 0;
5400 while (isdigit (str[k]))
5401 {
5402 RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0');
5403 k += 1;
5404 }
5405
5406 if (str[k] == 'm')
5407 {
5408 if (R != NULL)
5409 *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1;
5410 k += 1;
5411 }
5412 else if (R != NULL)
5413 *R = (LONGEST) RU;
5414
5415 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
5416 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
5417 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
5418 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
5419 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
5420
5421 if (new_k != NULL)
5422 *new_k = k;
5423 return 1;
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
5427 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
5428 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
5429
5430 int
5431 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num)
5432 {
5433 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5434 int p;
5435
5436 p = 0;
5437 while (1)
5438 {
5439 switch (name[p])
5440 {
5441 case '\0':
5442 return 0;
5443 case 'S':
5444 {
5445 LONGEST W;
5446 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p))
5447 return 0;
5448 if (val == W)
5449 return 1;
5450 break;
5451 }
5452 case 'R':
5453 {
5454 LONGEST L, U;
5455 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p)
5456 || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p))
5457 return 0;
5458 if (val >= L && val <= U)
5459 return 1;
5460 break;
5461 }
5462 case 'O':
5463 return 1;
5464 default:
5465 return 0;
5466 }
5467 }
5468 }
5469
5470 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes)
5471 of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE,
5472 extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields.
5473 FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only
5474 in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
5475
5476 struct value *
5477 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
5478 struct type *arg_type)
5479 {
5480 struct value *v;
5481 struct type *type;
5482
5483 CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type);
5484 type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno);
5485
5486 /* Handle packed fields */
5487
5488 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0)
5489 {
5490 int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno);
5491 int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno);
5492
5493 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1),
5494 offset + bit_pos / 8,
5495 bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type);
5496 }
5497 else
5498 return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
5499 }
5500
5501
5502 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
5503 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
5504 If found, return value, else return NULL.
5505
5506 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
5507
5508 struct value *
5509 ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset,
5510 struct type *type)
5511 {
5512 int i;
5513 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5514
5515 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
5516 {
5517 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5518
5519 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5520 continue;
5521
5522 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5523 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type);
5524
5525 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5526 {
5527 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5528 offset +
5529 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
5530 i) /
5531 8,
5532 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type,
5533 i));
5534 if (v != NULL)
5535 return v;
5536 }
5537
5538 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5539 {
5540 int j;
5541 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5542 int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5543
5544 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5545 {
5546 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5547 var_offset
5548 +
5549 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS
5550 (field_type, j) / 8,
5551 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE
5552 (field_type, j));
5553 if (v != NULL)
5554 return v;
5555 }
5556 }
5557 }
5558 return NULL;
5559 }
5560
5561 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union,
5562 extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union
5563 and return it as a value with its appropriate type.
5564
5565 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
5566 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
5567 (e.g., '_parent').
5568
5569 ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class
5570 of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */
5571
5572 struct value *
5573 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err)
5574 {
5575 struct type *t;
5576 struct value *v;
5577
5578 arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg);
5579 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5580
5581 /* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */
5582
5583 while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5584 {
5585 arg = ada_value_ind (arg);
5586 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5587 }
5588
5589 if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5590 error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.",
5591 err);
5592
5593 v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t);
5594 if (v == NULL)
5595 error ("There is no member named %s.", name);
5596
5597 return v;
5598 }
5599
5600 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
5601 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
5602 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
5603 work for packed fields).
5604
5605 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
5606 followed by "___".
5607
5608 TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
5609 a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
5610 type is automatically used.
5611
5612 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
5613
5614 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */
5615
5616 struct type *
5617 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr,
5618 int *dispp)
5619 {
5620 int i;
5621
5622 if (name == NULL)
5623 goto BadName;
5624
5625 while (1)
5626 {
5627 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5628 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
5629 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF)
5630 break;
5631 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
5632 }
5633
5634 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT &&
5635 TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5636 {
5637 target_terminal_ours ();
5638 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5639 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5640 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5641 error (" is not a structure or union type");
5642 }
5643
5644 type = to_static_fixed_type (type);
5645
5646 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5647 {
5648 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5649 struct type *t;
5650 int disp;
5651
5652 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5653 continue;
5654
5655 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5656 {
5657 if (dispp != NULL)
5658 *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5659 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5660 }
5661
5662 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5663 {
5664 disp = 0;
5665 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name,
5666 1, &disp);
5667 if (t != NULL)
5668 {
5669 if (dispp != NULL)
5670 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5671 return t;
5672 }
5673 }
5674
5675 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5676 {
5677 int j;
5678 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5679
5680 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5681 {
5682 disp = 0;
5683 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j),
5684 name, 1, &disp);
5685 if (t != NULL)
5686 {
5687 if (dispp != NULL)
5688 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5689 return t;
5690 }
5691 }
5692 }
5693
5694 }
5695
5696 BadName:
5697 if (!noerr)
5698 {
5699 target_terminal_ours ();
5700 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5701 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5702 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5703 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named ");
5704 error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name);
5705 }
5706
5707 return NULL;
5708 }
5709
5710 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
5711 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
5712 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
5713 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
5714
5715 int
5716 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type,
5717 char *outer_valaddr)
5718 {
5719 int others_clause;
5720 int i;
5721 int disp;
5722 struct type *discrim_type;
5723 char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5724 LONGEST discrim_val;
5725
5726 disp = 0;
5727 discrim_type =
5728 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp);
5729 if (discrim_type == NULL)
5730 return -1;
5731 discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp);
5732
5733 others_clause = -1;
5734 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1)
5735 {
5736 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i))
5737 others_clause = i;
5738 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i))
5739 return i;
5740 }
5741
5742 return others_clause;
5743 }
5744 \f
5745
5746
5747 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
5748
5749 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
5750 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
5751 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
5752 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
5753 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
5754
5755 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
5756 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
5757 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
5758 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
5759 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
5760 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
5761 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
5762 rather than struct value*s.
5763
5764 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
5765 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
5766 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
5767 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
5768 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
5769 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
5770 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
5771 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
5772 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
5773 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
5774 element selected. */
5775
5776 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
5777 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
5778 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
5779 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
5780 target at the target address. */
5781
5782 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
5783 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
5784 dynamic-sized types. */
5785
5786 struct value *
5787 ada_value_ind (struct value *val0)
5788 {
5789 struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0));
5790 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5791 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val);
5792 }
5793
5794 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
5795 * qualifiers on VAL0. */
5796 static struct value *
5797 ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0)
5798 {
5799 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5800 {
5801 struct value *val = val0;
5802 COERCE_REF (val);
5803 val = unwrap_value (val);
5804 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5805 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
5806 val);
5807 }
5808 else
5809 return val0;
5810 }
5811
5812 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
5813 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
5814
5815 static unsigned int
5816 align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment)
5817 {
5818 return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1);
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template
5822 type TYPE. */
5823
5824 static unsigned int
5825 field_offset (struct type *type, int f)
5826 {
5827 int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5828 /* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */
5829 if (n < 0)
5830 return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff;
5831 else
5832 return n;
5833 }
5834
5835
5836 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
5837
5838 static unsigned int
5839 field_alignment (struct type *type, int f)
5840 {
5841 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
5842 int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name);
5843 int align_offset;
5844
5845 if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1]))
5846 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5847
5848 if (isdigit (name[len - 2]))
5849 align_offset = len - 2;
5850 else
5851 align_offset = len - 1;
5852
5853 if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5))
5854 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5855
5856 return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5857 }
5858
5859 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
5860 struct type *
5861 ada_find_any_type (const char *name)
5862 {
5863 struct symbol *sym;
5864
5865 sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
5866 if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
5867 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5868
5869 sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
5870 if (sym != NULL)
5871 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5872
5873 return NULL;
5874 }
5875
5876 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
5877 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
5878 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
5879 otherwise return 0. */
5880 int
5881 ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
5882 {
5883 if (type1 == NULL)
5884 return 1;
5885 else if (type0 == NULL)
5886 return 0;
5887 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5888 return 1;
5889 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5890 return 0;
5891 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0))
5892 return 1;
5893 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0)
5894 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1))
5895 return 1;
5896 else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL
5897 && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL)
5898 return 1;
5899 return 0;
5900 }
5901
5902 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
5903 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
5904 char *
5905 ada_type_name (struct type *type)
5906 {
5907 if (type == NULL)
5908 return NULL;
5909 else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL)
5910 return TYPE_NAME (type);
5911 else
5912 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
5913 }
5914
5915 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending
5916 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
5917
5918 struct type *
5919 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix)
5920 {
5921 static char *name;
5922 static size_t name_len = 0;
5923 struct symbol **syms;
5924 struct block **blocks;
5925 int nsyms;
5926 int len;
5927 char *typename = ada_type_name (type);
5928
5929 if (typename == NULL)
5930 return NULL;
5931
5932 len = strlen (typename);
5933
5934 GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1);
5935
5936 strcpy (name, typename);
5937 strcpy (name + len, suffix);
5938
5939 return ada_find_any_type (name);
5940 }
5941
5942
5943 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
5944 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
5945
5946 static struct type *
5947 dynamic_template_type (struct type *type)
5948 {
5949 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5950
5951 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5952 || ada_type_name (type) == NULL)
5953 return NULL;
5954 else
5955 {
5956 int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type));
5957 if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE"))
5958 return type;
5959 else
5960 return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE");
5961 }
5962 }
5963
5964 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
5965 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
5966
5967 static int
5968 is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num)
5969 {
5970 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num);
5971 return name != NULL
5972 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
5973 && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL;
5974 }
5975
5976 /* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE
5977 contains a variant part. */
5978
5979 static int
5980 contains_variant_part (struct type *type)
5981 {
5982 int f;
5983
5984 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5985 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0)
5986 return 0;
5987 return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1);
5988 }
5989
5990 /* A record type with no fields, . */
5991 static struct type *
5992 empty_record (struct objfile *objfile)
5993 {
5994 struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile);
5995 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5996 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
5997 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL;
5998 TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>";
5999 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
6000 TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0;
6001 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
6002 return type;
6003 }
6004
6005 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6006 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
6007 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
6008 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
6009 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is
6010 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
6011 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6012 of the variant. */
6013 /* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
6014 * variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
6015 * byte-aligned. */
6016
6017 static struct type *
6018 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6019 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0)
6020 {
6021 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6022 struct value *dval;
6023 struct type *rtype;
6024 int nfields, bit_len;
6025 long off;
6026 int f;
6027
6028 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6029 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6030 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6031 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype);
6032 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields;
6033 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *)
6034 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6035 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6036 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6037 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6038 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in
6039 gdbtypes.h */
6040 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6041
6042 off = 0;
6043 bit_len = 0;
6044 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6045 {
6046 int fld_bit_len, bit_incr;
6047 off =
6048 align_value (off,
6049 field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
6050 /* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes
6051 * problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's
6052 * rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */
6053 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off;
6054 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0;
6055
6056 if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f))
6057 {
6058 struct type *branch_type;
6059
6060 if (dval0 == NULL)
6061 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6062 else
6063 dval = dval0;
6064
6065 branch_type =
6066 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6067 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f),
6068 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6069 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6070 if (branch_type == NULL)
6071 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6072 else
6073 {
6074 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type;
6075 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S";
6076 }
6077 bit_incr = 0;
6078 fld_bit_len =
6079 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6080 }
6081 else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f))
6082 {
6083 if (dval0 == NULL)
6084 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6085 else
6086 dval = dval0;
6087
6088 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) =
6089 ada_to_fixed_type
6090 (ada_get_base_type
6091 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))),
6092 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6093 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6094 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6095 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6096 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6097 }
6098 else
6099 {
6100 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f);
6101 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6102 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0)
6103 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6104 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f);
6105 else
6106 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6107 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6108 }
6109 if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len)
6110 bit_len = off + fld_bit_len;
6111 off += bit_incr;
6112 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6113 }
6114 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type));
6115
6116 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6117 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit)
6118 error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6119 return rtype;
6120 }
6121
6122 /* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values.
6123 As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK,
6124 since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both
6125 structs and unions.
6126 Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this
6127 function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */
6128
6129 static struct type *
6130 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type)
6131 {
6132 struct type *type;
6133 int nfields;
6134 int f;
6135
6136 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL)
6137 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type);
6138
6139 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type);
6140 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type =
6141 alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type));
6142 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type);
6143 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6144 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
6145 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
6146 TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6147 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6148 TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type);
6149 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
6150 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6151 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6152 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
6153
6154 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6155 {
6156 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0;
6157 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0;
6158
6159 if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f))
6160 {
6161 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6162 to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE
6163 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)));
6164 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6165 }
6166 else
6167 {
6168 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6169 check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f));
6170 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6171 }
6172 }
6173
6174 return type;
6175 }
6176
6177 /* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant
6178 part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate
6179 branch. */
6180 static struct type *
6181 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6182 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6183 {
6184 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6185 struct type *rtype;
6186 struct type *branch_type;
6187 int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6188
6189 if (dval == NULL)
6190 return type;
6191
6192 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6193 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6194 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6195 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6196 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) =
6197 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6198 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type),
6199 sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6200 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6201 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6202 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6203 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6204 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
6205
6206 branch_type =
6207 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6208 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1),
6209 cond_offset_host (valaddr,
6210 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6211 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6212 cond_offset_target (address,
6213 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6214 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6215 dval);
6216 if (branch_type == NULL)
6217 {
6218 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6219 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -=
6220 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6221 }
6222 else
6223 {
6224 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type;
6225 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S";
6226 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6227 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type);
6228 -TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6229 }
6230
6231 return rtype;
6232 }
6233
6234 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6235 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
6236 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
6237 should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object
6238 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A
6239 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6240 of the variant. */
6241
6242 static struct type *
6243 to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6244 struct value *dval)
6245 {
6246 struct type *templ_type;
6247
6248 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6249 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6250 return type0;
6251 */
6252 templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6253
6254 if (templ_type != NULL)
6255 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval);
6256 else if (contains_variant_part (type0))
6257 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval);
6258 else
6259 {
6260 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6261 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6262 return type0;
6263 }
6264
6265 }
6266
6267 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6268 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
6269 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
6270 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
6271 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
6272 indicated in the union's type name. */
6273
6274 static struct type *
6275 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr,
6276 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6277 {
6278 int which;
6279 struct type *templ_type;
6280 struct type *var_type;
6281
6282 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
6283 var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0);
6284 else
6285 var_type = var_type0;
6286
6287 templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU");
6288
6289 if (templ_type != NULL)
6290 var_type = templ_type;
6291
6292 which =
6293 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type,
6294 VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval));
6295
6296 if (which < 0)
6297 return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type));
6298 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which))
6299 return
6300 to_fixed_record_type
6301 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)),
6302 valaddr, address, dval);
6303 else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)))
6304 return
6305 to_fixed_record_type
6306 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval);
6307 else
6308 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
6312 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
6313 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
6314 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
6315 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
6316 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
6317 varsize_limit.
6318 */
6319
6320 static struct type *
6321 to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
6322 int ignore_too_big)
6323 {
6324 struct type *index_type_desc;
6325 struct type *result;
6326
6327 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6328 /* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//*
6329 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE))
6330 return type0; */
6331
6332 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA");
6333 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
6334 {
6335 struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0));
6336 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6337 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6338 * debugging data. */
6339 struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval);
6340
6341 if (elt_type0 == elt_type)
6342 result = type0;
6343 else
6344 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6345 elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0));
6346 }
6347 else
6348 {
6349 int i;
6350 struct type *elt_type0;
6351
6352 elt_type0 = type0;
6353 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1)
6354 elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0);
6355
6356 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6357 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6358 * debugging data. */
6359 result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval);
6360 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
6361 {
6362 struct type *range_type =
6363 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i),
6364 dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0));
6365 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6366 result, range_type);
6367 }
6368 if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit)
6369 error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6370 }
6371
6372 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6373 /* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6374 return result;
6375 }
6376
6377
6378 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
6379 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
6380 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
6381 and may be NULL if there are none. */
6382
6383 struct type *
6384 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6385 struct value *dval)
6386 {
6387 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6388 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
6389 {
6390 default:
6391 return type;
6392 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6393 return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL);
6394 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
6395 return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0);
6396 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6397 if (dval == NULL)
6398 return type;
6399 else
6400 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval);
6401 }
6402 }
6403
6404 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
6405 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
6406
6407 static struct type *
6408 to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0)
6409 {
6410 struct type *type;
6411
6412 if (type0 == NULL)
6413 return NULL;
6414
6415 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6416 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6417 return type0;
6418 */
6419 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0);
6420
6421 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0))
6422 {
6423 default:
6424 return type0;
6425 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6426 type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6427 if (type != NULL)
6428 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6429 return type0;
6430 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6431 type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU");
6432 if (type != NULL)
6433 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6434 return type0;
6435 }
6436 }
6437
6438 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
6439 static struct type *
6440 static_unwrap_type (struct type *type)
6441 {
6442 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6443 {
6444 struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0);
6445 if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL)
6446 TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type);
6447
6448 return static_unwrap_type (type1);
6449 }
6450 else
6451 {
6452 struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type);
6453 if (raw_real_type == type)
6454 return type;
6455 else
6456 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type);
6457 }
6458 }
6459
6460 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
6461 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
6462 type Foo;
6463 type FooP is access Foo;
6464 V: FooP;
6465 type Foo is array ...;
6466 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
6467 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
6468 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
6469 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
6470
6471 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
6472 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
6473 struct type *
6474 ada_completed_type (struct type *type)
6475 {
6476 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6477 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
6478 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0
6479 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL)
6480 return type;
6481 else
6482 {
6483 char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
6484 struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name);
6485 return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1;
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6489 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
6490 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
6491 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
6492 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
6493 creation of struct values]. */
6494
6495 struct value *
6496 ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6497 struct value *val0)
6498 {
6499 struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL);
6500 if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL)
6501 return val0;
6502 else
6503 return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address);
6504 }
6505
6506 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
6507 chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but
6508 without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized
6509 types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */
6510
6511 struct value *
6512 ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val)
6513 {
6514 struct type *type =
6515 to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val)));
6516 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val))
6517 return val;
6518 else
6519 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type);
6520 }
6521 \f
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526 /* Attributes */
6527
6528 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */
6529 /* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */
6530
6531 static const char *attribute_names[] = {
6532 "<?>",
6533
6534 "first",
6535 "last",
6536 "length",
6537 "image",
6538 "img",
6539 "max",
6540 "min",
6541 "pos" "tag",
6542 "val",
6543
6544 0
6545 };
6546
6547 const char *
6548 ada_attribute_name (int n)
6549 {
6550 if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END)
6551 return attribute_names[n];
6552 else
6553 return attribute_names[0];
6554 }
6555
6556 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
6557
6558 static struct value *
6559 value_pos_atr (struct value *arg)
6560 {
6561 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg);
6562
6563 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6564 error ("'POS only defined on discrete types");
6565
6566 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6567 {
6568 int i;
6569 LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg);
6570
6571 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
6572 {
6573 if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i))
6574 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i);
6575 }
6576 error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS");
6577 }
6578 else
6579 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg));
6580 }
6581
6582 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
6583
6584 static struct value *
6585 value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6586 {
6587 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6588 error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types");
6589 if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6590 error ("'VAL requires integral argument");
6591
6592 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6593 {
6594 long pos = value_as_long (arg);
6595 if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
6596 error ("argument to 'VAL out of range");
6597 return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos));
6598 }
6599 else
6600 return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg));
6601 }
6602 \f
6603
6604 /* Evaluation */
6605
6606 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
6607 * [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
6608 * It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
6609
6610 int
6611 ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
6612 {
6613 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
6614 return
6615 name != NULL
6616 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
6617 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
6618 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
6619 && (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character")
6620 || STREQ (name, "unsigned char"));
6621 }
6622
6623 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
6624
6625 int
6626 ada_is_string_type (struct type *type)
6627 {
6628 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6629 if (type != NULL
6630 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6631 && (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
6632 && ada_array_arity (type) == 1)
6633 {
6634 struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1);
6635
6636 return ada_is_character_type (elttype);
6637 }
6638 else
6639 return 0;
6640 }
6641
6642
6643 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
6644 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
6645 distinctive name. */
6646
6647 int
6648 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type)
6649 {
6650 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6651 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6652 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1
6653 && STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F"));
6654 }
6655
6656 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
6657 the parallel type. */
6658
6659 struct type *
6660 ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type)
6661 {
6662 struct type *real_type_namer;
6663 struct type *raw_real_type;
6664 struct type *real_type;
6665
6666 if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
6667 return raw_type;
6668
6669 real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS");
6670 if (real_type_namer == NULL
6671 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6672 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1)
6673 return raw_type;
6674
6675 raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0));
6676 if (raw_real_type == NULL)
6677 return raw_type;
6678 else
6679 return raw_real_type;
6680 }
6681
6682 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
6683
6684 struct type *
6685 ada_aligned_type (struct type *type)
6686 {
6687 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6688 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
6689 else
6690 return ada_get_base_type (type);
6691 }
6692
6693
6694 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
6695 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
6696
6697 char *
6698 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr)
6699 {
6700 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6701 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
6702 valaddr +
6703 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6704 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
6705 else
6706 return valaddr;
6707 }
6708
6709 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
6710 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
6711 const char *
6712 ada_enum_name (const char *name)
6713 {
6714 char *tmp;
6715
6716 while (1)
6717 {
6718 if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL)
6719 name = tmp + 2;
6720 else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL)
6721 name = tmp + 1;
6722 else
6723 break;
6724 }
6725
6726 if (name[0] == 'Q')
6727 {
6728 static char result[16];
6729 int v;
6730 if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W')
6731 {
6732 if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1)
6733 return name;
6734 }
6735 else
6736 return name;
6737
6738 if (isascii (v) && isprint (v))
6739 sprintf (result, "'%c'", v);
6740 else if (name[1] == 'U')
6741 sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v);
6742 else
6743 sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v);
6744
6745 return result;
6746 }
6747 else
6748 return name;
6749 }
6750
6751 static struct value *
6752 evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos,
6753 enum noside noside)
6754 {
6755 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
6756 }
6757
6758 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
6759 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
6760 expression. */
6761
6762 static struct value *
6763 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos)
6764 {
6765 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp)
6766 (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS);
6767 }
6768
6769 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
6770 value it wraps. */
6771
6772 static struct value *
6773 unwrap_value (struct value *val)
6774 {
6775 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val));
6776 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6777 {
6778 struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F",
6779 NULL, "internal structure");
6780 struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v));
6781 if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL)
6782 TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type);
6783
6784 return unwrap_value (v);
6785 }
6786 else
6787 {
6788 struct type *raw_real_type =
6789 ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type));
6790
6791 if (type == raw_real_type)
6792 return val;
6793
6794 return
6795 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
6796 (val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0,
6797 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
6798 NULL));
6799 }
6800 }
6801
6802 static struct value *
6803 cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6804 {
6805 LONGEST val;
6806
6807 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg))
6808 return arg;
6809 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6810 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type,
6811 ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6812 value_as_long (arg)));
6813 else
6814 {
6815 DOUBLEST argd =
6816 value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg)));
6817 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd);
6818 }
6819
6820 return value_from_longest (type, val);
6821 }
6822
6823 static struct value *
6824 cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg)
6825 {
6826 DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6827 value_as_long (arg));
6828 return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val);
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
6832 * return the converted value. */
6833 static struct value *
6834 coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val)
6835 {
6836 struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6837 if (type == type2)
6838 return val;
6839
6840 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2);
6841 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6842
6843 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
6844 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6845 {
6846 val = ada_value_ind (val);
6847 type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6848 }
6849
6850 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
6851 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6852 {
6853 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type)
6854 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))
6855 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)))
6856 error ("Incompatible types in assignment");
6857 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
6858 }
6859 return val;
6860 }
6861
6862 struct value *
6863 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
6864 int *pos, enum noside noside)
6865 {
6866 enum exp_opcode op;
6867 enum ada_attribute atr;
6868 int tem, tem2, tem3;
6869 int pc;
6870 struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3;
6871 struct type *type;
6872 int nargs;
6873 struct value **argvec;
6874
6875 pc = *pos;
6876 *pos += 1;
6877 op = exp->elts[pc].opcode;
6878
6879 switch (op)
6880 {
6881 default:
6882 *pos -= 1;
6883 return
6884 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6885 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6886
6887 case UNOP_CAST:
6888 (*pos) += 2;
6889 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6890 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6891 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6892 goto nosideret;
6893 if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6894 {
6895 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type))
6896 arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1);
6897 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6898 arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1));
6899 else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory)
6900 {
6901 /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented,
6902 but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar
6903 is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type.
6904 If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with
6905 TYPE. */
6906 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6907 return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval);
6908 arg1 =
6909 ada_to_fixed_value
6910 (type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0);
6911 }
6912 else
6913 arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
6914 }
6915 return arg1;
6916
6917 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
6918 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
6919 (*pos) += 2;
6920 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6921 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6922 */
6923 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
6924 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6925 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside);
6926 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6927 return arg1;
6928 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6929 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6930 else
6931 {
6932 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6933 arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6934 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6935 error
6936 ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables");
6937 else
6938 arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6939 return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2);
6940 }
6941
6942 case BINOP_ADD:
6943 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6944 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6945 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6946 goto nosideret;
6947 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6948 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6949 else
6950 {
6951 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6952 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6953 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6954 error
6955 ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type");
6956 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2));
6957 }
6958
6959 case BINOP_SUB:
6960 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6961 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6962 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6963 goto nosideret;
6964 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6965 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6966 else
6967 {
6968 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6969 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6970 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6971 error
6972 ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type");
6973 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2));
6974 }
6975
6976 case BINOP_MUL:
6977 case BINOP_DIV:
6978 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6979 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6980 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6981 goto nosideret;
6982 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6983 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6984 else
6985 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
6986 && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD))
6987 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
6988 else
6989 {
6990 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6991 arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1);
6992 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6993 arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2);
6994 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
6995 }
6996
6997 case UNOP_NEG:
6998 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6999 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7000 goto nosideret;
7001 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
7002 return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL);
7003 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7004 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1));
7005 else
7006 return value_neg (arg1);
7007
7008 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7009 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
7010 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
7011 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
7012 illegal. *//*
7013 (*pos) += 3;
7014 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7015 goto nosideret;
7016 else
7017 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7018 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
7019 */
7020 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
7021 *pos -= 1;
7022 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7023 {
7024 *pos += 4;
7025 goto nosideret;
7026 }
7027 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7028 {
7029 *pos += 4;
7030 return value_zero
7031 (to_static_fixed_type
7032 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))),
7033 not_lval);
7034 }
7035 else
7036 {
7037 arg1 =
7038 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
7039 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
7040 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0,
7041 VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) +
7042 VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1);
7043 }
7044
7045 case OP_ARRAY:
7046 (*pos) += 3;
7047 tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7048 tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7049 nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1;
7050 type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE;
7051
7052 argvec =
7053 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
7054 for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1)
7055 /* At least one element gets inserted for the type */
7056 {
7057 /* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */
7058 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
7059 }
7060 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7061 goto nosideret;
7062 return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec);
7063
7064 case OP_FUNCALL:
7065 (*pos) += 2;
7066
7067 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
7068 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */
7069 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7070 argvec =
7071 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2));
7072
7073 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7074 /* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */
7075 /* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
7076 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7077 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
7078 */
7079 if (0)
7080 {
7081 error ("unexpected code path, FIXME");
7082 }
7083 else
7084 {
7085 for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1)
7086 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7087 argvec[tem] = 0;
7088
7089 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7090 goto nosideret;
7091 }
7092
7093 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
7094 argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]);
7095
7096 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))
7097 argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]);
7098
7099 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]));
7100 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7101 {
7102 switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))))
7103 {
7104 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7105 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7106 break;
7107 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7108 break;
7109 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7110 if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7111 argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]);
7112 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7113 break;
7114 default:
7115 error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'",
7116 ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])));
7117 break;
7118 }
7119 }
7120
7121 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7122 {
7123 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7124 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7125 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7126 return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1);
7127 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7128 {
7129 int arity = ada_array_arity (type);
7130 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7131 if (type == NULL)
7132 error ("cannot subscript or call a record");
7133 if (arity != nargs)
7134 error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity);
7135 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7136 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7137 return
7138 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7139 (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1));
7140 }
7141 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7142 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7143 {
7144 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7145 if (type == NULL)
7146 error ("element type of array unknown");
7147 else
7148 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7149 }
7150 return
7151 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7152 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]),
7153 nargs, argvec + 1));
7154 case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */
7155 type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1);
7156 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7157 {
7158 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7159 if (type == NULL)
7160 error ("element type of array unknown");
7161 else
7162 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7163 }
7164 return
7165 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type,
7166 nargs, argvec + 1));
7167
7168 default:
7169 error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp");
7170 }
7171
7172 case TERNOP_SLICE:
7173 {
7174 struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7175 int lowbound
7176 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7177 int upper
7178 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7179 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7180 goto nosideret;
7181
7182 /* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */
7183 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7184 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7185 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7186 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
7187 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7188 {
7189 array = ada_coerce_ref (array);
7190 }
7191
7192 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS &&
7193 ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7194 {
7195 /* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */
7196 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0);
7197 if (arrType != NULL)
7198 array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7199 }
7200 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array)))
7201 array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array);
7202
7203 /* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that
7204 it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then
7205 dereference it */
7206 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7207 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7208 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7209 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7210 {
7211 array = ada_value_ind (array);
7212 }
7213
7214 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7215 /* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts
7216 where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */
7217 return array;
7218 else
7219 return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1);
7220 }
7221
7222 /* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7223 /* case UNOP_MBR:
7224 (*pos) += 2;
7225 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7226 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
7227
7228 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7229 goto nosideret;
7230
7231 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7232 {
7233 default:
7234 warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true");
7235 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1);
7236
7237 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
7238 arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7239 (LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type));
7240 arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7241 (LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type));
7242 return
7243 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7244 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7245 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7246 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7247 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7248 }
7249 */
7250 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7251 /* case BINOP_MBR:
7252 (*pos) += 2;
7253 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7254 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7255
7256 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7257 goto nosideret;
7258
7259 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7260 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval);
7261
7262 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7263
7264 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
7265 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range");
7266
7267 arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1);
7268 arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0);
7269
7270 return
7271 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7272 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7273 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7274 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7275 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7276 */
7277 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7278 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
7279 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7280 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7281 arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7282
7283 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7284 goto nosideret;
7285
7286 return
7287 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7288 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7289 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7290 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7291 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7292 */
7293 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
7294 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
7295 *pos += 3;
7296 atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7297 switch (atr)
7298 {
7299 default:
7300 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7301
7302 case ATR_FIRST:
7303 case ATR_LAST:
7304 case ATR_LENGTH:
7305 {
7306 struct type* type_arg;
7307 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE)
7308 {
7309 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7310 arg1 = NULL;
7311 type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7312 }
7313 else
7314 {
7315 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7316 type_arg = NULL;
7317 }
7318
7319 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG)
7320 error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr));
7321 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst);
7322 *pos += 4;
7323
7324 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7325 goto nosideret;
7326
7327 if (type_arg == NULL)
7328 {
7329 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7330
7331 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7332 arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7333
7334 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7335 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7336 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7337
7338 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7339 {
7340 type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem);
7341 if (type == NULL)
7342 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7343 return allocate_value (type);
7344 }
7345
7346 switch (atr)
7347 {
7348 default:
7349 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7350 case ATR_FIRST:
7351 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0);
7352 case ATR_LAST:
7353 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1);
7354 case ATR_LENGTH:
7355 return ada_array_length (arg1, tem);
7356 }
7357 }
7358 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7359 || TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7360 {
7361 struct type* range_type;
7362 char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg);
7363 if (name == NULL)
7364 {
7365 if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7366 range_type = type_arg;
7367 else
7368 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7369 }
7370 else
7371 range_type =
7372 to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg));
7373 switch (atr)
7374 {
7375 default:
7376 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7377 case ATR_FIRST:
7378 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7379 TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type));
7380 case ATR_LAST:
7381 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7382 TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
7383 }
7384 }
7385 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
7386 {
7387 switch (atr)
7388 {
7389 default:
7390 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7391 case ATR_FIRST:
7392 return value_from_longest
7393 (type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0));
7394 case ATR_LAST:
7395 return value_from_longest
7396 (type_arg,
7397 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg,
7398 TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1));
7399 }
7400 }
7401 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
7402 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7403 else
7404 {
7405 LONGEST low, high;
7406
7407 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg))
7408 type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg);
7409
7410 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg))
7411 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7412 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7413
7414 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7415 {
7416 type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem);
7417 if (type == NULL)
7418 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7419 return allocate_value (type);
7420 }
7421
7422 switch (atr)
7423 {
7424 default:
7425 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7426 case ATR_FIRST:
7427 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7428 return value_from_longest (type, low);
7429 case ATR_LAST:
7430 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type);
7431 return value_from_longest (type, high);
7432 case ATR_LENGTH:
7433 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7434 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL);
7435 return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1);
7436 }
7437 }
7438 }
7439
7440 case ATR_TAG:
7441 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7442 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7443 goto nosideret;
7444
7445 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7446 return
7447 value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval);
7448
7449 return ada_value_tag (arg1);
7450
7451 case ATR_MIN:
7452 case ATR_MAX:
7453 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7454 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7455 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7456 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7457 goto nosideret;
7458 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7459 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7460 else
7461 return value_binop (arg1, arg2,
7462 atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX);
7463
7464 case ATR_MODULUS:
7465 {
7466 struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7467 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7468 *pos += 4;
7469
7470 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7471 goto nosideret;
7472
7473 if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg))
7474 error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type");
7475
7476 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg),
7477 ada_modulus (type_arg));
7478 }
7479
7480
7481 case ATR_POS:
7482 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7483 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7484 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7485 goto nosideret;
7486 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7487 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7488 else
7489 return value_pos_atr (arg1);
7490
7491 case ATR_SIZE:
7492 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7493 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7494 goto nosideret;
7495 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7496 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7497 else
7498 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
7499 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
7500 * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)));
7501
7502 case ATR_VAL:
7503 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7504 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7505 type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7506 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7507 goto nosideret;
7508 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7509 return value_zero (type, not_lval);
7510 else
7511 return value_val_atr (type, arg1);
7512 } */
7513 case BINOP_EXP:
7514 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7515 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7516 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7517 goto nosideret;
7518 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
7519 return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL,
7520 EVAL_NORMAL));
7521 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7522 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7523 else
7524 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
7525
7526 case UNOP_PLUS:
7527 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7528 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7529 goto nosideret;
7530 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
7531 return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL));
7532 else
7533 return arg1;
7534
7535 case UNOP_ABS:
7536 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7537 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7538 goto nosideret;
7539 if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval)))
7540 return value_neg (arg1);
7541 else
7542 return arg1;
7543
7544 case UNOP_IND:
7545 if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7546 expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type));
7547 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
7548 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7549 goto nosideret;
7550 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7551 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7552 {
7553 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7554 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7555 {
7556 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0);
7557 if (arrType == NULL)
7558 error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.");
7559 return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7560 }
7561 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7562 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7563 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
7564 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7565 return
7566 value_zero
7567 (to_static_fixed_type
7568 (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))),
7569 lval_memory);
7570 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7571 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
7572 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory);
7573 else
7574 error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.");
7575 }
7576 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7577 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7578
7579 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7580 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7581 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7582 else
7583 return ada_value_ind (arg1);
7584
7585 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
7586 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7587 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7588 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7589 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7590 goto nosideret;
7591 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7592 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7593 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7594 &exp->elts[pc +
7595 2].string,
7596 0, NULL)),
7597 lval_memory);
7598 else
7599 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7600 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7601 "record"));
7602 case OP_TYPE:
7603 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
7604 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
7605 (*pos) += 2;
7606 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7607 goto nosideret;
7608 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7609 return allocate_value (builtin_type_void);
7610 else
7611 error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression");
7612
7613 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
7614 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7615 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7616 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7617 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7618 goto nosideret;
7619 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7620 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7621 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7622 &exp->elts[pc +
7623 2].string,
7624 0, NULL)),
7625 lval_memory);
7626 else
7627 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7628 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7629 "record access"));
7630 }
7631
7632 nosideret:
7633 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1);
7634 }
7635 \f
7636
7637 /* Fixed point */
7638
7639 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
7640 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
7641 Otherwise, return NULL. */
7642
7643 static const char *
7644 fixed_type_info (struct type *type)
7645 {
7646 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
7647 enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type);
7648
7649 if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL)
7650 {
7651 const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_");
7652 if (tail == NULL)
7653 return NULL;
7654 else
7655 return tail + 5;
7656 }
7657 else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type)
7658 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7659 else
7660 return NULL;
7661 }
7662
7663 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
7664
7665 int
7666 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type)
7667 {
7668 return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL;
7669 }
7670
7671 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
7672 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
7673 delta cannot be determined. */
7674
7675 DOUBLEST
7676 ada_delta (struct type *type)
7677 {
7678 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7679 long num, den;
7680
7681 if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2)
7682 return -1.0;
7683 else
7684 return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den;
7685 }
7686
7687 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
7688 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
7689
7690 static DOUBLEST
7691 scaling_factor (struct type *type)
7692 {
7693 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7694 unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1;
7695 int n;
7696
7697 n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1);
7698
7699 if (n < 2)
7700 return 1.0;
7701 else if (n == 4)
7702 return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1;
7703 else
7704 return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0;
7705 }
7706
7707
7708 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
7709 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
7710
7711 DOUBLEST
7712 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x)
7713 {
7714 return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type);
7715 }
7716
7717 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
7718 corresponding to the value X. */
7719
7720 LONGEST
7721 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x)
7722 {
7723 return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5);
7724 }
7725
7726
7727 /* VAX floating formats */
7728
7729 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point
7730 types. */
7731 int
7732 ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type)
7733 {
7734 int name_len =
7735 (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type));
7736 return
7737 name_len > 6
7738 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
7739 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7740 && STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5);
7741 }
7742
7743 /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming
7744 ada_is_vax_floating_point */
7745 int
7746 ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type)
7747 {
7748 return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1];
7749 }
7750
7751 /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs
7752 VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes
7753 ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */
7754 struct value *
7755 ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type)
7756 {
7757 switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type))
7758 {
7759 case 'F':
7760 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0);
7761 case 'D':
7762 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0);
7763 case 'G':
7764 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0);
7765 default:
7766 error ("invalid VAX floating-point type");
7767 }
7768 }
7769 \f
7770
7771 /* Range types */
7772
7773 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
7774 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
7775 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
7776 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
7777 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
7778
7779 static int
7780 scan_discrim_bound (char *, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px,
7781 int *pnew_k)
7782 {
7783 static char *bound_buffer = NULL;
7784 static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0;
7785 char *bound;
7786 char *pend;
7787 struct value *bound_val;
7788
7789 if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0')
7790 return 0;
7791
7792 pend = strstr (str + k, "__");
7793 if (pend == NULL)
7794 {
7795 bound = str + k;
7796 k += strlen (bound);
7797 }
7798 else
7799 {
7800 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1);
7801 bound = bound_buffer;
7802 strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k));
7803 bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0';
7804 k = pend - str;
7805 }
7806
7807 bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval));
7808 if (bound_val == NULL)
7809 return 0;
7810
7811 *px = value_as_long (bound_val);
7812 if (pnew_k != NULL)
7813 *pnew_k = k;
7814 return 1;
7815 }
7816
7817 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7818 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
7819 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
7820 static struct value *
7821 get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg)
7822 {
7823 struct symbol **syms;
7824 struct block **blocks;
7825 int nsyms;
7826
7827 nsyms =
7828 ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_NAMESPACE,
7829 &syms, &blocks);
7830
7831 if (nsyms != 1)
7832 {
7833 if (err_msg == NULL)
7834 return 0;
7835 else
7836 error ("%s", err_msg);
7837 }
7838
7839 return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]);
7840 }
7841
7842 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7843 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets
7844 *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
7845 LONGEST
7846 get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag)
7847 {
7848 struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg);
7849
7850 if (var_val == 0)
7851 {
7852 if (flag != NULL)
7853 *flag = 0;
7854 return 0;
7855 }
7856 else
7857 {
7858 if (flag != NULL)
7859 *flag = 1;
7860 return value_as_long (var_val);
7861 }
7862 }
7863
7864
7865 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
7866 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
7867 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
7868 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type
7869 must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds
7870 information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in
7871 the named range type. */
7872
7873 static struct type *
7874 to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile)
7875 {
7876 struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name);
7877 struct type *base_type;
7878 LONGEST low, high;
7879 char *subtype_info;
7880
7881 if (raw_type == NULL)
7882 base_type = builtin_type_int;
7883 else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7884 base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type);
7885 else
7886 base_type = raw_type;
7887
7888 subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD");
7889 if (subtype_info == NULL)
7890 return raw_type;
7891 else
7892 {
7893 static char *name_buf = NULL;
7894 static size_t name_len = 0;
7895 int prefix_len = subtype_info - name;
7896 LONGEST L, U;
7897 struct type *type;
7898 char *bounds_str;
7899 int n;
7900
7901 GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5);
7902 strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len);
7903 name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0';
7904
7905 subtype_info += 5;
7906 bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_');
7907 n = 1;
7908
7909 if (*subtype_info == 'L')
7910 {
7911 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n)
7912 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n))
7913 return raw_type;
7914 if (bounds_str[n] == '_')
7915 n += 2;
7916 else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
7917 n += 1;
7918 subtype_info += 1;
7919 }
7920 else
7921 {
7922 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L");
7923 L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7924 }
7925
7926 if (*subtype_info == 'U')
7927 {
7928 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n)
7929 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n))
7930 return raw_type;
7931 }
7932 else
7933 {
7934 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U");
7935 U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7936 }
7937
7938 if (objfile == NULL)
7939 objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type);
7940 type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U);
7941 TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
7942 return type;
7943 }
7944 }
7945
7946 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
7947 int
7948 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name)
7949 {
7950 return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD"));
7951 }
7952 \f
7953
7954 /* Modular types */
7955
7956 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
7957 int
7958 ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type)
7959 {
7960 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in
7961 valarith.c */
7962 struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */
7963
7964 return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7965 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7966 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type));
7967 }
7968
7969 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
7970 LONGEST
7971 ada_modulus (struct type * type)
7972 {
7973 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1;
7974 }
7975 \f
7976
7977
7978 /* Operators */
7979
7980 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
7981 and precedences of the operators. */
7982
7983 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = {
7984 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1},
7985 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0},
7986 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0},
7987 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0},
7988 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0},
7989 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0},
7990 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7991 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7992 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7993 {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7994 {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7995 {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7996 {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7997 {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7998 {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0},
7999 {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0},
8000 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0},
8001 {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0},
8002 {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0},
8003 {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0},
8004 {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0},
8005 {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
8006 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
8007 {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8008 {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8009 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8010 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8011 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8012 {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */
8013 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */
8014 {NULL, 0, 0, 0}
8015 };
8016 \f
8017 /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */
8018
8019 struct type *builtin_type_ada_int;
8020 struct type *builtin_type_ada_short;
8021 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long;
8022 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long;
8023 struct type *builtin_type_ada_char;
8024 struct type *builtin_type_ada_float;
8025 struct type *builtin_type_ada_double;
8026 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double;
8027 struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural;
8028 struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive;
8029 struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address;
8030
8031 struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) =
8032 {
8033
8034 &builtin_type_ada_int,
8035 &builtin_type_ada_long,
8036 &builtin_type_ada_short,
8037 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8038 &builtin_type_ada_float,
8039 &builtin_type_ada_double,
8040 &builtin_type_ada_long_long,
8041 &builtin_type_ada_long_double,
8042 &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive,
8043 /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */
8044 &builtin_type_int,
8045 &builtin_type_long,
8046 &builtin_type_short,
8047 &builtin_type_char,
8048 &builtin_type_float,
8049 &builtin_type_double,
8050 &builtin_type_long_long,
8051 &builtin_type_void,
8052 &builtin_type_signed_char,
8053 &builtin_type_unsigned_char,
8054 &builtin_type_unsigned_short,
8055 &builtin_type_unsigned_int,
8056 &builtin_type_unsigned_long,
8057 &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long,
8058 &builtin_type_long_double,
8059 &builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0};
8060
8061 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
8062 static void
8063 emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter)
8064 {
8065 ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1);
8066 }
8067
8068 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = {
8069 "ada", /* Language name */
8070 /* language_ada, */
8071 language_unknown,
8072 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
8073 ada_builtin_types,
8074 range_check_off,
8075 type_check_off,
8076 case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
8077 * that's not quite what this means. */
8078 ada_parse,
8079 ada_error,
8080 ada_evaluate_subexp,
8081 ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */
8082 ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */
8083 emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
8084 ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */
8085 ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
8086 ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
8087 ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */
8088 {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */
8089 #if 0
8090 {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */
8091 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8092 {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */
8093 #else
8094 /* Copied from c-lang.c. */
8095 {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */
8096 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8097 {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */
8098 #endif
8099 ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */
8100 1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */
8101 0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */
8102 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8103 LANG_MAGIC
8104 };
8105
8106 void
8107 _initialize_ada_language ()
8108 {
8109 builtin_type_ada_int =
8110 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8111 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8112 builtin_type_ada_long =
8113 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8114 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8115 builtin_type_ada_short =
8116 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8117 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8118 builtin_type_ada_char =
8119 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8120 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8121 builtin_type_ada_float =
8122 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8123 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8124 builtin_type_ada_double =
8125 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8126 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8127 builtin_type_ada_long_long =
8128 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8129 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8130 builtin_type_ada_long_double =
8131 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8132 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8133 builtin_type_ada_natural =
8134 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8135 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8136 builtin_type_ada_positive =
8137 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8138 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8139
8140
8141 builtin_type_ada_system_address =
8142 lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void",
8143 (struct objfile *) NULL));
8144 TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address";
8145
8146 add_language (&ada_language_defn);
8147
8148 add_show_from_set
8149 (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger,
8150 (char *) &varsize_limit,
8151 "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.",
8152 &setlist), &showlist);
8153 varsize_limit = 65536;
8154
8155 add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command,
8156 "Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\
8157 main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\
8158 the \"run\" command (q.v.).");
8159 }
8160
8161
8162 /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current
8163 target machine.
8164
8165 Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not
8166 define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or
8167 DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which
8168 don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this
8169 function.
8170
8171 FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types
8172 (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types
8173 (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis-
8174 agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does
8175 not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the
8176 distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just
8177 use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit
8178 and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the
8179 gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences
8180 in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format
8181 support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb
8182 starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the
8183 debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */
8184
8185 static struct type *
8186 ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid)
8187 {
8188 struct type *type = NULL;
8189
8190 switch (typeid)
8191 {
8192 default:
8193 /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this
8194 language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the
8195 name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type
8196 reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */
8197 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8198 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8199 0, "<?type?>", objfile);
8200 warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid);
8201 break;
8202 case FT_VOID:
8203 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID,
8204 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8205 0, "void", objfile);
8206 break;
8207 case FT_CHAR:
8208 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8209 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8210 0, "character", objfile);
8211 break;
8212 case FT_SIGNED_CHAR:
8213 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8214 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8215 0, "signed char", objfile);
8216 break;
8217 case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
8218 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8219 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8220 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile);
8221 break;
8222 case FT_SHORT:
8223 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8224 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8225 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8226 break;
8227 case FT_SIGNED_SHORT:
8228 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8229 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8230 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8231 break;
8232 case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
8233 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8234 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8235 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile);
8236 break;
8237 case FT_INTEGER:
8238 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8239 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8240 0, "integer", objfile);
8241 break;
8242 case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER:
8243 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */
8244 break;
8245 case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER:
8246 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8247 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8248 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile);
8249 break;
8250 case FT_LONG:
8251 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8252 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8253 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8254 break;
8255 case FT_SIGNED_LONG:
8256 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8257 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8258 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8259 break;
8260 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
8261 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8262 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8263 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile);
8264 break;
8265 case FT_LONG_LONG:
8266 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8267 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8268 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8269 break;
8270 case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8271 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8272 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8273 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8274 break;
8275 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8276 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8277 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8278 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile);
8279 break;
8280 case FT_FLOAT:
8281 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8282 TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8283 0, "float", objfile);
8284 break;
8285 case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT:
8286 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8287 TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8288 0, "long_float", objfile);
8289 break;
8290 case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT:
8291 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8292 TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8293 0, "long_long_float", objfile);
8294 break;
8295 }
8296 return (type);
8297 }
8298
8299 void
8300 ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s)
8301 {
8302 int i;
8303 fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n");
8304 fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n",
8305 s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?");
8306 fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat);
8307 if (s->linetable != NULL)
8308 {
8309 fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section);
8310 for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1)
8311 {
8312 struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i;
8313 fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc);
8314 }
8315 }
8316 fprintf (stderr, "]\n");
8317 }
This page took 0.207886 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.